1@c Copyright (C) 1988-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
2@c This is part of the GCC manual.
3@c For copying conditions, see the file gcc.texi.
4
5@node Target Macros
6@chapter Target Description Macros and Functions
7@cindex machine description macros
8@cindex target description macros
9@cindex macros, target description
10@cindex @file{tm.h} macros
11
12In addition to the file @file{@var{machine}.md}, a machine description
13includes a C header file conventionally given the name
14@file{@var{machine}.h} and a C source file named @file{@var{machine}.c}.
15The header file defines numerous macros that convey the information
16about the target machine that does not fit into the scheme of the
17@file{.md} file.  The file @file{tm.h} should be a link to
18@file{@var{machine}.h}.  The header file @file{config.h} includes
19@file{tm.h} and most compiler source files include @file{config.h}.  The
20source file defines a variable @code{targetm}, which is a structure
21containing pointers to functions and data relating to the target
22machine.  @file{@var{machine}.c} should also contain their definitions,
23if they are not defined elsewhere in GCC, and other functions called
24through the macros defined in the @file{.h} file.
25
26@menu
27* Target Structure::    The @code{targetm} variable.
28* Driver::              Controlling how the driver runs the compilation passes.
29* Run-time Target::     Defining @samp{-m} options like @option{-m68000} and @option{-m68020}.
30* Per-Function Data::   Defining data structures for per-function information.
31* Storage Layout::      Defining sizes and alignments of data.
32* Type Layout::         Defining sizes and properties of basic user data types.
33* Registers::           Naming and describing the hardware registers.
34* Register Classes::    Defining the classes of hardware registers.
35* Stack and Calling::   Defining which way the stack grows and by how much.
36* Varargs::             Defining the varargs macros.
37* Trampolines::         Code set up at run time to enter a nested function.
38* Library Calls::       Controlling how library routines are implicitly called.
39* Addressing Modes::    Defining addressing modes valid for memory operands.
40* Anchored Addresses::  Defining how @option{-fsection-anchors} should work.
41* Condition Code::      Defining how insns update the condition code.
42* Costs::               Defining relative costs of different operations.
43* Scheduling::          Adjusting the behavior of the instruction scheduler.
44* Sections::            Dividing storage into text, data, and other sections.
45* PIC::                 Macros for position independent code.
46* Assembler Format::    Defining how to write insns and pseudo-ops to output.
47* Debugging Info::      Defining the format of debugging output.
48* Floating Point::      Handling floating point for cross-compilers.
49* Mode Switching::      Insertion of mode-switching instructions.
50* Target Attributes::   Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}.
51* Emulated TLS::        Emulated TLS support.
52* MIPS Coprocessors::   MIPS coprocessor support and how to customize it.
53* PCH Target::          Validity checking for precompiled headers.
54* C++ ABI::             Controlling C++ ABI changes.
55* D Language and ABI::  Controlling D ABI changes.
56* Named Address Spaces:: Adding support for named address spaces
57* Misc::                Everything else.
58@end menu
59
60@node Target Structure
61@section The Global @code{targetm} Variable
62@cindex target hooks
63@cindex target functions
64
65@deftypevar {struct gcc_target} targetm
66The target @file{.c} file must define the global @code{targetm} variable
67which contains pointers to functions and data relating to the target
68machine.  The variable is declared in @file{target.h};
69@file{target-def.h} defines the macro @code{TARGET_INITIALIZER} which is
70used to initialize the variable, and macros for the default initializers
71for elements of the structure.  The @file{.c} file should override those
72macros for which the default definition is inappropriate.  For example:
73@smallexample
74#include "target.h"
75#include "target-def.h"
76
77/* @r{Initialize the GCC target structure.}  */
78
79#undef TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
80#define TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES @var{machine}_comp_type_attributes
81
82struct gcc_target targetm = TARGET_INITIALIZER;
83@end smallexample
84@end deftypevar
85
86Where a macro should be defined in the @file{.c} file in this manner to
87form part of the @code{targetm} structure, it is documented below as a
88``Target Hook'' with a prototype.  Many macros will change in future
89from being defined in the @file{.h} file to being part of the
90@code{targetm} structure.
91
92Similarly, there is a @code{targetcm} variable for hooks that are
93specific to front ends for C-family languages, documented as ``C
94Target Hook''.  This is declared in @file{c-family/c-target.h}, the
95initializer @code{TARGETCM_INITIALIZER} in
96@file{c-family/c-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize @code{targetcm}
97themselves, they should set @code{target_has_targetcm=yes} in
98@file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default definition is used.
99
100Similarly, there is a @code{targetm_common} variable for hooks that
101are shared between the compiler driver and the compilers proper,
102documented as ``Common Target Hook''.  This is declared in
103@file{common/common-target.h}, the initializer
104@code{TARGETM_COMMON_INITIALIZER} in
105@file{common/common-target-def.h}.  If targets initialize
106@code{targetm_common} themselves, they should set
107@code{target_has_targetm_common=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a
108default definition is used.
109
110Similarly, there is a @code{targetdm} variable for hooks that are
111specific to the D language front end, documented as ``D Target Hook''.
112This is declared in @file{d/d-target.h}, the initializer
113@code{TARGETDM_INITIALIZER} in @file{d/d-target-def.h}.  If targets
114initialize @code{targetdm} themselves, they should set
115@code{target_has_targetdm=yes} in @file{config.gcc}; otherwise a default
116definition is used.
117
118@node Driver
119@section Controlling the Compilation Driver, @file{gcc}
120@cindex driver
121@cindex controlling the compilation driver
122
123@c prevent bad page break with this line
124You can control the compilation driver.
125
126@defmac DRIVER_SELF_SPECS
127A list of specs for the driver itself.  It should be a suitable
128initializer for an array of strings, with no surrounding braces.
129
130The driver applies these specs to its own command line between loading
131default @file{specs} files (but not command-line specified ones) and
132choosing the multilib directory or running any subcommands.  It
133applies them in the order given, so each spec can depend on the
134options added by earlier ones.  It is also possible to remove options
135using @samp{%<@var{option}} in the usual way.
136
137This macro can be useful when a port has several interdependent target
138options.  It provides a way of standardizing the command line so
139that the other specs are easier to write.
140
141Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
142@end defmac
143
144@defmac OPTION_DEFAULT_SPECS
145A list of specs used to support configure-time default options (i.e.@:
146@option{--with} options) in the driver.  It should be a suitable initializer
147for an array of structures, each containing two strings, without the
148outermost pair of surrounding braces.
149
150The first item in the pair is the name of the default.  This must match
151the code in @file{config.gcc} for the target.  The second item is a spec
152to apply if a default with this name was specified.  The string
153@samp{%(VALUE)} in the spec will be replaced by the value of the default
154everywhere it occurs.
155
156The driver will apply these specs to its own command line between loading
157default @file{specs} files and processing @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}, using
158the same mechanism as @code{DRIVER_SELF_SPECS}.
159
160Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
161@end defmac
162
163@defmac CPP_SPEC
164A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
165pass to CPP@.  It can also specify how to translate options you
166give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the CPP@.
167
168Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
169@end defmac
170
171@defmac CPLUSPLUS_CPP_SPEC
172This macro is just like @code{CPP_SPEC}, but is used for C++, rather
173than C@.  If you do not define this macro, then the value of
174@code{CPP_SPEC} (if any) will be used instead.
175@end defmac
176
177@defmac CC1_SPEC
178A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
179pass to @code{cc1}, @code{cc1plus}, @code{f771}, and the other language
180front ends.
181It can also specify how to translate options you give to GCC into options
182for GCC to pass to front ends.
183
184Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
185@end defmac
186
187@defmac CC1PLUS_SPEC
188A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
189pass to @code{cc1plus}.  It can also specify how to translate options you
190give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the @code{cc1plus}.
191
192Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
193Note that everything defined in CC1_SPEC is already passed to
194@code{cc1plus} so there is no need to duplicate the contents of
195CC1_SPEC in CC1PLUS_SPEC@.
196@end defmac
197
198@defmac ASM_SPEC
199A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
200pass to the assembler.  It can also specify how to translate options
201you give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the assembler.
202See the file @file{sun3.h} for an example of this.
203
204Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
205@end defmac
206
207@defmac ASM_FINAL_SPEC
208A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program how to
209run any programs which cleanup after the normal assembler.
210Normally, this is not needed.  See the file @file{mips.h} for
211an example of this.
212
213Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
214@end defmac
215
216@defmac AS_NEEDS_DASH_FOR_PIPED_INPUT
217Define this macro, with no value, if the driver should give the assembler
218an argument consisting of a single dash, @option{-}, to instruct it to
219read from its standard input (which will be a pipe connected to the
220output of the compiler proper).  This argument is given after any
221@option{-o} option specifying the name of the output file.
222
223If you do not define this macro, the assembler is assumed to read its
224standard input if given no non-option arguments.  If your assembler
225cannot read standard input at all, use a @samp{%@{pipe:%e@}} construct;
226see @file{mips.h} for instance.
227@end defmac
228
229@defmac LINK_SPEC
230A C string constant that tells the GCC driver program options to
231pass to the linker.  It can also specify how to translate options you
232give to GCC into options for GCC to pass to the linker.
233
234Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
235@end defmac
236
237@defmac LIB_SPEC
238Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The difference
239between the two is that @code{LIB_SPEC} is used at the end of the
240command given to the linker.
241
242If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that
243loads the standard C library from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
244@end defmac
245
246@defmac LIBGCC_SPEC
247Another C string constant that tells the GCC driver program
248how and when to place a reference to @file{libgcc.a} into the
249linker command line.  This constant is placed both before and after
250the value of @code{LIB_SPEC}.
251
252If this macro is not defined, the GCC driver provides a default that
253passes the string @option{-lgcc} to the linker.
254@end defmac
255
256@defmac REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC
257By default, if @code{ENABLE_SHARED_LIBGCC} is defined, the
258@code{LIBGCC_SPEC} is not directly used by the driver program but is
259instead modified to refer to different versions of @file{libgcc.a}
260depending on the values of the command line flags @option{-static},
261@option{-shared}, @option{-static-libgcc}, and @option{-shared-libgcc}.  On
262targets where these modifications are inappropriate, define
263@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} instead.  @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC} tells the
264driver how to place a reference to @file{libgcc} on the link command
265line, but, unlike @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}, it is used unmodified.
266@end defmac
267
268@defmac USE_LD_AS_NEEDED
269A macro that controls the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC}
270mentioned in @code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.  If nonzero, a spec will be
271generated that uses @option{--as-needed} or equivalent options and the
272shared @file{libgcc} in place of the
273static exception handler library, when linking without any of
274@code{-static}, @code{-static-libgcc}, or @code{-shared-libgcc}.
275@end defmac
276
277@defmac LINK_EH_SPEC
278If defined, this C string constant is added to @code{LINK_SPEC}.
279When @code{USE_LD_AS_NEEDED} is zero or undefined, it also affects
280the modifications to @code{LIBGCC_SPEC} mentioned in
281@code{REAL_LIBGCC_SPEC}.
282@end defmac
283
284@defmac STARTFILE_SPEC
285Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
286difference between the two is that @code{STARTFILE_SPEC} is used at
287the very beginning of the command given to the linker.
288
289If this macro is not defined, a default is provided that loads the
290standard C startup file from the usual place.  See @file{gcc.c}.
291@end defmac
292
293@defmac ENDFILE_SPEC
294Another C string constant used much like @code{LINK_SPEC}.  The
295difference between the two is that @code{ENDFILE_SPEC} is used at
296the very end of the command given to the linker.
297
298Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
299@end defmac
300
301@defmac THREAD_MODEL_SPEC
302GCC @code{-v} will print the thread model GCC was configured to use.
303However, this doesn't work on platforms that are multilibbed on thread
304models, such as AIX 4.3.  On such platforms, define
305@code{THREAD_MODEL_SPEC} such that it evaluates to a string without
306blanks that names one of the recognized thread models.  @code{%*}, the
307default value of this macro, will expand to the value of
308@code{thread_file} set in @file{config.gcc}.
309@end defmac
310
311@defmac SYSROOT_SUFFIX_SPEC
312Define this macro to add a suffix to the target sysroot when GCC is
313configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to search for usr/lib,
314et al, within sysroot+suffix.
315@end defmac
316
317@defmac SYSROOT_HEADERS_SUFFIX_SPEC
318Define this macro to add a headers_suffix to the target sysroot when
319GCC is configured with a sysroot.  This will cause GCC to pass the
320updated sysroot+headers_suffix to CPP, causing it to search for
321usr/include, et al, within sysroot+headers_suffix.
322@end defmac
323
324@defmac EXTRA_SPECS
325Define this macro to provide additional specifications to put in the
326@file{specs} file that can be used in various specifications like
327@code{CC1_SPEC}.
328
329The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures,
330containing a string constant, that defines the specification name, and a
331string constant that provides the specification.
332
333Do not define this macro if it does not need to do anything.
334
335@code{EXTRA_SPECS} is useful when an architecture contains several
336related targets, which have various @code{@dots{}_SPECS} which are similar
337to each other, and the maintainer would like one central place to keep
338these definitions.
339
340For example, the PowerPC System V.4 targets use @code{EXTRA_SPECS} to
341define either @code{_CALL_SYSV} when the System V calling sequence is
342used or @code{_CALL_AIX} when the older AIX-based calling sequence is
343used.
344
345The @file{config/rs6000/rs6000.h} target file defines:
346
347@smallexample
348#define EXTRA_SPECS \
349  @{ "cpp_sysv_default", CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT @},
350
351#define CPP_SYS_DEFAULT ""
352@end smallexample
353
354The @file{config/rs6000/sysv.h} target file defines:
355@smallexample
356#undef CPP_SPEC
357#define CPP_SPEC \
358"%@{posix: -D_POSIX_SOURCE @} \
359%@{mcall-sysv: -D_CALL_SYSV @} \
360%@{!mcall-sysv: %(cpp_sysv_default) @} \
361%@{msoft-float: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@} %@{mcpu=403: -D_SOFT_FLOAT@}"
362
363#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
364#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_SYSV"
365@end smallexample
366
367while the @file{config/rs6000/eabiaix.h} target file defines
368@code{CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT} as:
369
370@smallexample
371#undef CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT
372#define CPP_SYSV_DEFAULT "-D_CALL_AIX"
373@end smallexample
374@end defmac
375
376@defmac LINK_LIBGCC_SPECIAL_1
377Define this macro if the driver program should find the library
378@file{libgcc.a}.  If you do not define this macro, the driver program will pass
379the argument @option{-lgcc} to tell the linker to do the search.
380@end defmac
381
382@defmac LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC
383The sequence in which libgcc and libc are specified to the linker.
384By default this is @code{%G %L %G}.
385@end defmac
386
387@defmac POST_LINK_SPEC
388Define this macro to add additional steps to be executed after linker.
389The default value of this macro is empty string.
390@end defmac
391
392@defmac LINK_COMMAND_SPEC
393A C string constant giving the complete command line need to execute the
394linker.  When you do this, you will need to update your port each time a
395change is made to the link command line within @file{gcc.c}.  Therefore,
396define this macro only if you need to completely redefine the command
397line for invoking the linker and there is no other way to accomplish
398the effect you need.  Overriding this macro may be avoidable by overriding
399@code{LINK_GCC_C_SEQUENCE_SPEC} instead.
400@end defmac
401
402@hook TARGET_ALWAYS_STRIP_DOTDOT
403
404@defmac MULTILIB_DEFAULTS
405Define this macro as a C expression for the initializer of an array of
406string to tell the driver program which options are defaults for this
407target and thus do not need to be handled specially when using
408@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS}.
409
410Do not define this macro if @code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} is not defined in
411the target makefile fragment or if none of the options listed in
412@code{MULTILIB_OPTIONS} are set by default.
413@xref{Target Fragment}.
414@end defmac
415
416@defmac RELATIVE_PREFIX_NOT_LINKDIR
417Define this macro to tell @command{gcc} that it should only translate
418a @option{-B} prefix into a @option{-L} linker option if the prefix
419indicates an absolute file name.
420@end defmac
421
422@defmac MD_EXEC_PREFIX
423If defined, this macro is an additional prefix to try after
424@code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched
425when the compiler is built as a cross
426compiler.  If you define @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, then be sure to add it
427to the list of directories used to find the assembler in @file{configure.ac}.
428@end defmac
429
430@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
431Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
432standard choice of @code{libdir} as the default prefix to
433try when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
434@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX} is not searched when the compiler
435is built as a cross compiler.
436@end defmac
437
438@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
439Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
440standard choice of @code{/lib} as a prefix to try after the default prefix
441when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
442@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1} is not searched when the compiler
443is built as a cross compiler.
444@end defmac
445
446@defmac STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2
447Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
448standard choice of @code{/lib} as yet another prefix to try after the
449default prefix when searching for startup files such as @file{crt0.o}.
450@code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2} is not searched when the compiler
451is built as a cross compiler.
452@end defmac
453
454@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX
455If defined, this macro supplies an additional prefix to try after the
456standard prefixes.  @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX} is not searched when the
457compiler is built as a cross compiler.
458@end defmac
459
460@defmac MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1
461If defined, this macro supplies yet another prefix to try after the
462standard prefixes.  It is not searched when the compiler is built as a
463cross compiler.
464@end defmac
465
466@defmac INIT_ENVIRONMENT
467Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to set environment
468variables for programs called by the driver, such as the assembler and
469loader.  The driver passes the value of this macro to @code{putenv} to
470initialize the necessary environment variables.
471@end defmac
472
473@defmac LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR
474Define this macro as a C string constant if you wish to override the
475standard choice of @file{/usr/local/include} as the default prefix to
476try when searching for local header files.  @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR}
477comes before @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR} (set in
478@file{config.gcc}, normally @file{/usr/include}) in the search order.
479
480Cross compilers do not search either @file{/usr/local/include} or its
481replacement.
482@end defmac
483
484@defmac NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_COMPONENT
485The ``component'' corresponding to @code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.
486See @code{INCLUDE_DEFAULTS}, below, for the description of components.
487If you do not define this macro, no component is used.
488@end defmac
489
490@defmac INCLUDE_DEFAULTS
491Define this macro if you wish to override the entire default search path
492for include files.  For a native compiler, the default search path
493usually consists of @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR}, @code{LOCAL_INCLUDE_DIR},
494@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}, and
495@code{NATIVE_SYSTEM_HEADER_DIR}.  In addition, @code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR}
496and @code{GCC_INCLUDE_DIR} are defined automatically by @file{Makefile},
497and specify private search areas for GCC@.  The directory
498@code{GPLUSPLUS_INCLUDE_DIR} is used only for C++ programs.
499
500The definition should be an initializer for an array of structures.
501Each array element should have four elements: the directory name (a
502string constant), the component name (also a string constant), a flag
503for C++-only directories,
504and a flag showing that the includes in the directory don't need to be
505wrapped in @code{extern @samp{C}} when compiling C++.  Mark the end of
506the array with a null element.
507
508The component name denotes what GNU package the include file is part of,
509if any, in all uppercase letters.  For example, it might be @samp{GCC}
510or @samp{BINUTILS}.  If the package is part of a vendor-supplied
511operating system, code the component name as @samp{0}.
512
513For example, here is the definition used for VAX/VMS:
514
515@smallexample
516#define INCLUDE_DEFAULTS \
517@{                                       \
518  @{ "GNU_GXX_INCLUDE:", "G++", 1, 1@},   \
519  @{ "GNU_CC_INCLUDE:", "GCC", 0, 0@},    \
520  @{ "SYS$SYSROOT:[SYSLIB.]", 0, 0, 0@},  \
521  @{ ".", 0, 0, 0@},                      \
522  @{ 0, 0, 0, 0@}                         \
523@}
524@end smallexample
525@end defmac
526
527Here is the order of prefixes tried for exec files:
528
529@enumerate
530@item
531Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
532
533@item
534The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or, if @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX}
535is not set and the compiler has not been installed in the configure-time
536@var{prefix}, the location in which the compiler has actually been installed.
537
538@item
539The directories specified by the environment variable @code{COMPILER_PATH}.
540
541@item
542The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if the compiler has been installed
543in the configured-time @var{prefix}.
544
545@item
546The location @file{/usr/libexec/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
547
548@item
549The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
550
551@item
552The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
553compiler.
554@end enumerate
555
556Here is the order of prefixes tried for startfiles:
557
558@enumerate
559@item
560Any prefixes specified by the user with @option{-B}.
561
562@item
563The environment variable @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} or its automatically determined
564value based on the installed toolchain location.
565
566@item
567The directories specified by the environment variable @code{LIBRARY_PATH}
568(or port-specific name; native only, cross compilers do not use this).
569
570@item
571The macro @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX}, but only if the toolchain is installed
572in the configured @var{prefix} or this is a native compiler.
573
574@item
575The location @file{/usr/lib/gcc/}, but only if this is a native compiler.
576
577@item
578The macro @code{MD_EXEC_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a native
579compiler.
580
581@item
582The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, if defined, but only if this is a
583native compiler, or we have a target system root.
584
585@item
586The macro @code{MD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, if defined, but only if this is a
587native compiler, or we have a target system root.
588
589@item
590The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX}, with any sysroot modifications.
591If this path is relative it will be prefixed by @code{GCC_EXEC_PREFIX} and
592the machine suffix or @code{STANDARD_EXEC_PREFIX} and the machine suffix.
593
594@item
595The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_1}, but only if this is a native
596compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
597@file{/lib/}.
598
599@item
600The macro @code{STANDARD_STARTFILE_PREFIX_2}, but only if this is a native
601compiler, or we have a target system root. The default for this macro is
602@file{/usr/lib/}.
603@end enumerate
604
605@node Run-time Target
606@section Run-time Target Specification
607@cindex run-time target specification
608@cindex predefined macros
609@cindex target specifications
610
611@c prevent bad page break with this line
612Here are run-time target specifications.
613
614@defmac TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS ()
615This function-like macro expands to a block of code that defines
616built-in preprocessor macros and assertions for the target CPU, using
617the functions @code{builtin_define}, @code{builtin_define_std} and
618@code{builtin_assert}.  When the front end
619calls this macro it provides a trailing semicolon, and since it has
620finished command line option processing your code can use those
621results freely.
622
623@code{builtin_assert} takes a string in the form you pass to the
624command-line option @option{-A}, such as @code{cpu=mips}, and creates
625the assertion.  @code{builtin_define} takes a string in the form
626accepted by option @option{-D} and unconditionally defines the macro.
627
628@code{builtin_define_std} takes a string representing the name of an
629object-like macro.  If it doesn't lie in the user's namespace,
630@code{builtin_define_std} defines it unconditionally.  Otherwise, it
631defines a version with two leading underscores, and another version
632with two leading and trailing underscores, and defines the original
633only if an ISO standard was not requested on the command line.  For
634example, passing @code{unix} defines @code{__unix}, @code{__unix__}
635and possibly @code{unix}; passing @code{_mips} defines @code{__mips},
636@code{__mips__} and possibly @code{_mips}, and passing @code{_ABI64}
637defines only @code{_ABI64}.
638
639You can also test for the C dialect being compiled.  The variable
640@code{c_language} is set to one of @code{clk_c}, @code{clk_cplusplus}
641or @code{clk_objective_c}.  Note that if we are preprocessing
642assembler, this variable will be @code{clk_c} but the function-like
643macro @code{preprocessing_asm_p()} will return true, so you might want
644to check for that first.  If you need to check for strict ANSI, the
645variable @code{flag_iso} can be used.  The function-like macro
646@code{preprocessing_trad_p()} can be used to check for traditional
647preprocessing.
648@end defmac
649
650@defmac TARGET_OS_CPP_BUILTINS ()
651Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
652and is used for the target operating system instead.
653@end defmac
654
655@defmac TARGET_OBJFMT_CPP_BUILTINS ()
656Similarly to @code{TARGET_CPU_CPP_BUILTINS} but this macro is optional
657and is used for the target object format.  @file{elfos.h} uses this
658macro to define @code{__ELF__}, so you probably do not need to define
659it yourself.
660@end defmac
661
662@deftypevar {extern int} target_flags
663This variable is declared in @file{options.h}, which is included before
664any target-specific headers.
665@end deftypevar
666
667@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
668This variable specifies the initial value of @code{target_flags}.
669Its default setting is 0.
670@end deftypevr
671
672@cindex optional hardware or system features
673@cindex features, optional, in system conventions
674
675@hook TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
676This hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
677target-specific options described by the @file{.opt} definition files
678(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some option-specific
679processing and should return true if the option is valid.  The default
680definition does nothing but return true.
681
682@var{decoded} specifies the option and its arguments.  @var{opts} and
683@var{opts_set} are the @code{gcc_options} structures to be used for
684storing option state, and @var{loc} is the location at which the
685option was passed (@code{UNKNOWN_LOCATION} except for options passed
686via attributes).
687@end deftypefn
688
689@hook TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION
690This target hook is called whenever the user specifies one of the
691target-specific C language family options described by the @file{.opt}
692definition files(@pxref{Options}).  It has the opportunity to do some
693option-specific processing and should return true if the option is
694valid.  The arguments are like for @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION}.  The
695default definition does nothing but return false.
696
697In general, you should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION} to handle
698options.  However, if processing an option requires routines that are
699only available in the C (and related language) front ends, then you
700should use @code{TARGET_HANDLE_C_OPTION} instead.
701@end deftypefn
702
703@hook TARGET_OBJC_CONSTRUCT_STRING_OBJECT
704
705@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_UNRESOLVED_CLASS_REFERENCE
706
707@hook TARGET_OBJC_DECLARE_CLASS_DEFINITION
708
709@hook TARGET_STRING_OBJECT_REF_TYPE_P
710
711@hook TARGET_CHECK_STRING_OBJECT_FORMAT_ARG
712
713@hook TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
714
715@defmac C_COMMON_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS
716This is similar to the @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} hook
717but is only used in the C
718language frontends (C, Objective-C, C++, Objective-C++) and so can be
719used to alter option flag variables which only exist in those
720frontends.
721@end defmac
722
723@hook TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION_TABLE
724Some machines may desire to change what optimizations are performed for
725various optimization levels.   This variable, if defined, describes
726options to enable at particular sets of optimization levels.  These
727options are processed once
728just after the optimization level is determined and before the remainder
729of the command options have been parsed, so may be overridden by other
730options passed explicitly.
731
732This processing is run once at program startup and when the optimization
733options are changed via @code{#pragma GCC optimize} or by using the
734@code{optimize} attribute.
735@end deftypevr
736
737@hook TARGET_OPTION_INIT_STRUCT
738
739@defmac SWITCHABLE_TARGET
740Some targets need to switch between substantially different subtargets
741during compilation.  For example, the MIPS target has one subtarget for
742the traditional MIPS architecture and another for MIPS16.  Source code
743can switch between these two subarchitectures using the @code{mips16}
744and @code{nomips16} attributes.
745
746Such subtargets can differ in things like the set of available
747registers, the set of available instructions, the costs of various
748operations, and so on.  GCC caches a lot of this type of information
749in global variables, and recomputing them for each subtarget takes a
750significant amount of time.  The compiler therefore provides a facility
751for maintaining several versions of the global variables and quickly
752switching between them; see @file{target-globals.h} for details.
753
754Define this macro to 1 if your target needs this facility.  The default
755is 0.
756@end defmac
757
758@hook TARGET_FLOAT_EXCEPTIONS_ROUNDING_SUPPORTED_P
759
760@node Per-Function Data
761@section Defining data structures for per-function information.
762@cindex per-function data
763@cindex data structures
764
765If the target needs to store information on a per-function basis, GCC
766provides a macro and a couple of variables to allow this.  Note, just
767using statics to store the information is a bad idea, since GCC supports
768nested functions, so you can be halfway through encoding one function
769when another one comes along.
770
771GCC defines a data structure called @code{struct function} which
772contains all of the data specific to an individual function.  This
773structure contains a field called @code{machine} whose type is
774@code{struct machine_function *}, which can be used by targets to point
775to their own specific data.
776
777If a target needs per-function specific data it should define the type
778@code{struct machine_function} and also the macro @code{INIT_EXPANDERS}.
779This macro should be used to initialize the function pointer
780@code{init_machine_status}.  This pointer is explained below.
781
782One typical use of per-function, target specific data is to create an
783RTX to hold the register containing the function's return address.  This
784RTX can then be used to implement the @code{__builtin_return_address}
785function, for level 0.
786
787Note---earlier implementations of GCC used a single data area to hold
788all of the per-function information.  Thus when processing of a nested
789function began the old per-function data had to be pushed onto a
790stack, and when the processing was finished, it had to be popped off the
791stack.  GCC used to provide function pointers called
792@code{save_machine_status} and @code{restore_machine_status} to handle
793the saving and restoring of the target specific information.  Since the
794single data area approach is no longer used, these pointers are no
795longer supported.
796
797@defmac INIT_EXPANDERS
798Macro called to initialize any target specific information.  This macro
799is called once per function, before generation of any RTL has begun.
800The intention of this macro is to allow the initialization of the
801function pointer @code{init_machine_status}.
802@end defmac
803
804@deftypevar {void (*)(struct function *)} init_machine_status
805If this function pointer is non-@code{NULL} it will be called once per
806function, before function compilation starts, in order to allow the
807target to perform any target specific initialization of the
808@code{struct function} structure.  It is intended that this would be
809used to initialize the @code{machine} of that structure.
810
811@code{struct machine_function} structures are expected to be freed by GC@.
812Generally, any memory that they reference must be allocated by using
813GC allocation, including the structure itself.
814@end deftypevar
815
816@node Storage Layout
817@section Storage Layout
818@cindex storage layout
819
820Note that the definitions of the macros in this table which are sizes or
821alignments measured in bits do not need to be constant.  They can be C
822expressions that refer to static variables, such as the @code{target_flags}.
823@xref{Run-time Target}.
824
825@defmac BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
826Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant bit in a
827byte has the lowest number; otherwise define it to have the value zero.
828This means that bit-field instructions count from the most significant
829bit.  If the machine has no bit-field instructions, then this must still
830be defined, but it doesn't matter which value it is defined to.  This
831macro need not be a constant.
832
833This macro does not affect the way structure fields are packed into
834bytes or words; that is controlled by @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN}.
835@end defmac
836
837@defmac BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
838Define this macro to have the value 1 if the most significant byte in a
839word has the lowest number.  This macro need not be a constant.
840@end defmac
841
842@defmac WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
843Define this macro to have the value 1 if, in a multiword object, the
844most significant word has the lowest number.  This applies to both
845memory locations and registers; see @code{REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} if the
846order of words in memory is not the same as the order in registers.  This
847macro need not be a constant.
848@end defmac
849
850@defmac REG_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
851On some machines, the order of words in a multiword object differs between
852registers in memory.  In such a situation, define this macro to describe
853the order of words in a register.  The macro @code{WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN} controls
854the order of words in memory.
855@end defmac
856
857@defmac FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
858Define this macro to have the value 1 if @code{DFmode}, @code{XFmode} or
859@code{TFmode} floating point numbers are stored in memory with the word
860containing the sign bit at the lowest address; otherwise define it to
861have the value 0.  This macro need not be a constant.
862
863You need not define this macro if the ordering is the same as for
864multi-word integers.
865@end defmac
866
867@defmac BITS_PER_WORD
868Number of bits in a word.  If you do not define this macro, the default
869is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT * UNITS_PER_WORD}.
870@end defmac
871
872@defmac MAX_BITS_PER_WORD
873Maximum number of bits in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
874@code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
875largest value that @code{BITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
876@end defmac
877
878@defmac UNITS_PER_WORD
879Number of storage units in a word; normally the size of a general-purpose
880register, a power of two from 1 or 8.
881@end defmac
882
883@defmac MIN_UNITS_PER_WORD
884Minimum number of units in a word.  If this is undefined, the default is
885@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  Otherwise, it is the constant value that is the
886smallest value that @code{UNITS_PER_WORD} can have at run-time.
887@end defmac
888
889@defmac POINTER_SIZE
890Width of a pointer, in bits.  You must specify a value no wider than the
891width of @code{Pmode}.  If it is not equal to the width of @code{Pmode},
892you must define @code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED}.  If you do not specify
893a value the default is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
894@end defmac
895
896@defmac POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
897A C expression that determines how pointers should be extended from
898@code{ptr_mode} to either @code{Pmode} or @code{word_mode}.  It is
899greater than zero if pointers should be zero-extended, zero if they
900should be sign-extended, and negative if some other sort of conversion
901is needed.  In the last case, the extension is done by the target's
902@code{ptr_extend} instruction.
903
904You need not define this macro if the @code{ptr_mode}, @code{Pmode}
905and @code{word_mode} are all the same width.
906@end defmac
907
908@defmac PROMOTE_MODE (@var{m}, @var{unsignedp}, @var{type})
909A macro to update @var{m} and @var{unsignedp} when an object whose type
910is @var{type} and which has the specified mode and signedness is to be
911stored in a register.  This macro is only called when @var{type} is a
912scalar type.
913
914On most RISC machines, which only have operations that operate on a full
915register, define this macro to set @var{m} to @code{word_mode} if
916@var{m} is an integer mode narrower than @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.  In most
917cases, only integer modes should be widened because wider-precision
918floating-point operations are usually more expensive than their narrower
919counterparts.
920
921For most machines, the macro definition does not change @var{unsignedp}.
922However, some machines, have instructions that preferentially handle
923either signed or unsigned quantities of certain modes.  For example, on
924the DEC Alpha, 32-bit loads from memory and 32-bit add instructions
925sign-extend the result to 64 bits.  On such machines, set
926@var{unsignedp} according to which kind of extension is more efficient.
927
928Do not define this macro if it would never modify @var{m}.
929@end defmac
930
931@hook TARGET_C_EXCESS_PRECISION
932
933@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_MODE
934
935@defmac PARM_BOUNDARY
936Normal alignment required for function parameters on the stack, in
937bits.  All stack parameters receive at least this much alignment
938regardless of data type.  On most machines, this is the same as the
939size of an integer.
940@end defmac
941
942@defmac STACK_BOUNDARY
943Define this macro to the minimum alignment enforced by hardware for the
944stack pointer on this machine.  The definition is a C expression for the
945desired alignment (measured in bits).  This value is used as a default
946if @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY} is not defined.  On most machines,
947this should be the same as @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.
948@end defmac
949
950@defmac PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY
951Define this macro if you wish to preserve a certain alignment for the
952stack pointer, greater than what the hardware enforces.  The definition
953is a C expression for the desired alignment (measured in bits).  This
954macro must evaluate to a value equal to or larger than
955@code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
956@end defmac
957
958@defmac INCOMING_STACK_BOUNDARY
959Define this macro if the incoming stack boundary may be different
960from @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.  This macro must evaluate
961to a value equal to or larger than @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
962@end defmac
963
964@defmac FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
965Alignment required for a function entry point, in bits.
966@end defmac
967
968@defmac BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
969Biggest alignment that any data type can require on this machine, in
970bits.  Note that this is not the biggest alignment that is supported,
971just the biggest alignment that, when violated, may cause a fault.
972@end defmac
973
974@hook TARGET_ABSOLUTE_BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
975
976@defmac MALLOC_ABI_ALIGNMENT
977Alignment, in bits, a C conformant malloc implementation has to
978provide.  If not defined, the default value is @code{BITS_PER_WORD}.
979@end defmac
980
981@defmac ATTRIBUTE_ALIGNED_VALUE
982Alignment used by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned))} construct.  If
983not defined, the default value is @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
984@end defmac
985
986@defmac MINIMUM_ATOMIC_ALIGNMENT
987If defined, the smallest alignment, in bits, that can be given to an
988object that can be referenced in one operation, without disturbing any
989nearby object.  Normally, this is @code{BITS_PER_UNIT}, but may be larger
990on machines that don't have byte or half-word store operations.
991@end defmac
992
993@defmac BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT
994Biggest alignment that any structure or union field can require on this
995machine, in bits.  If defined, this overrides @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} for
996structure and union fields only, unless the field alignment has been set
997by the @code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.
998@end defmac
999
1000@defmac ADJUST_FIELD_ALIGN (@var{field}, @var{type}, @var{computed})
1001An expression for the alignment of a structure field @var{field} of
1002type @var{type} if the alignment computed in the usual way (including
1003applying of @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} and @code{BIGGEST_FIELD_ALIGNMENT} to the
1004alignment) is @var{computed}.  It overrides alignment only if the
1005field alignment has not been set by the
1006@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct.  Note that @var{field}
1007may be @code{NULL_TREE} in case we just query for the minimum alignment
1008of a field of type @var{type} in structure context.
1009@end defmac
1010
1011@defmac MAX_STACK_ALIGNMENT
1012Biggest stack alignment guaranteed by the backend.  Use this macro
1013to specify the maximum alignment of a variable on stack.
1014
1015If not defined, the default value is @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1016
1017@c FIXME: The default should be @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}.
1018@c But the fix for PR 32893 indicates that we can only guarantee
1019@c maximum stack alignment on stack up to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, not
1020@c @code{PREFERRED_STACK_BOUNDARY}, if stack alignment isn't supported.
1021@end defmac
1022
1023@defmac MAX_OFILE_ALIGNMENT
1024Biggest alignment supported by the object file format of this machine.
1025Use this macro to limit the alignment which can be specified using the
1026@code{__attribute__ ((aligned (@var{n})))} construct for functions and
1027objects with static storage duration.  The alignment of automatic
1028objects may exceed the object file format maximum up to the maximum
1029supported by GCC.  If not defined, the default value is
1030@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1031
1032On systems that use ELF, the default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is
1033the largest supported 32-bit ELF section alignment representable on
1034a 32-bit host e.g.@: @samp{(((uint64_t) 1 << 28) * 8)}.
1035On 32-bit ELF the largest supported section alignment in bits is
1036@samp{(0x80000000 * 8)}, but this is not representable on 32-bit hosts.
1037@end defmac
1038
1039@hook TARGET_STATIC_RTX_ALIGNMENT
1040
1041@defmac DATA_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1042If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1043the static store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1044the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1045macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1046
1047If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1048
1049@findex strcpy
1050One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1051make it all fit in fewer cache lines.  Another is to cause character
1052arrays to be word-aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy
1053constants to character arrays can be done inline.
1054@end defmac
1055
1056@defmac DATA_ABI_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1057Similar to @code{DATA_ALIGNMENT}, but for the cases where the ABI mandates
1058some alignment increase, instead of optimization only purposes.  E.g.@
1059AMD x86-64 psABI says that variables with array type larger than 15 bytes
1060must be aligned to 16 byte boundaries.
1061
1062If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1063@end defmac
1064
1065@hook TARGET_CONSTANT_ALIGNMENT
1066
1067@defmac LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{basic-align})
1068If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a variable in
1069the local store.  @var{type} is the data type, and @var{basic-align} is
1070the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.  The value of this
1071macro is used instead of that alignment to align the object.
1072
1073If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used.
1074
1075One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1076make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1077
1078If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1079@end defmac
1080
1081@hook TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
1082
1083@defmac STACK_SLOT_ALIGNMENT (@var{type}, @var{mode}, @var{basic-align})
1084If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for stack slot.
1085@var{type} is the data type, @var{mode} is the widest mode available,
1086and @var{basic-align} is the alignment that the slot would ordinarily
1087have.  The value of this macro is used instead of that alignment to
1088align the slot.
1089
1090If this macro is not defined, then @var{basic-align} is used when
1091@var{type} is @code{NULL}.  Otherwise, @code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT} will
1092be used.
1093
1094This macro is to set alignment of stack slot to the maximum alignment
1095of all possible modes which the slot may have.
1096
1097If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1098@end defmac
1099
1100@defmac LOCAL_DECL_ALIGNMENT (@var{decl})
1101If defined, a C expression to compute the alignment for a local
1102variable @var{decl}.
1103
1104If this macro is not defined, then
1105@code{LOCAL_ALIGNMENT (TREE_TYPE (@var{decl}), DECL_ALIGN (@var{decl}))}
1106is used.
1107
1108One use of this macro is to increase alignment of medium-size data to
1109make it all fit in fewer cache lines.
1110
1111If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
1112@end defmac
1113
1114@defmac MINIMUM_ALIGNMENT (@var{exp}, @var{mode}, @var{align})
1115If defined, a C expression to compute the minimum required alignment
1116for dynamic stack realignment purposes for @var{exp} (a type or decl),
1117@var{mode}, assuming normal alignment @var{align}.
1118
1119If this macro is not defined, then @var{align} will be used.
1120@end defmac
1121
1122@defmac EMPTY_FIELD_BOUNDARY
1123Alignment in bits to be given to a structure bit-field that follows an
1124empty field such as @code{int : 0;}.
1125
1126If @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true, it overrides this macro.
1127@end defmac
1128
1129@defmac STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY
1130Number of bits which any structure or union's size must be a multiple of.
1131Each structure or union's size is rounded up to a multiple of this.
1132
1133If you do not define this macro, the default is the same as
1134@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1135@end defmac
1136
1137@defmac STRICT_ALIGNMENT
1138Define this macro to be the value 1 if instructions will fail to work
1139if given data not on the nominal alignment.  If instructions will merely
1140go slower in that case, define this macro as 0.
1141@end defmac
1142
1143@defmac PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
1144Define this if you wish to imitate the way many other C compilers handle
1145alignment of bit-fields and the structures that contain them.
1146
1147The behavior is that the type written for a named bit-field (@code{int},
1148@code{short}, or other integer type) imposes an alignment for the entire
1149structure, as if the structure really did contain an ordinary field of
1150that type.  In addition, the bit-field is placed within the structure so
1151that it would fit within such a field, not crossing a boundary for it.
1152
1153Thus, on most machines, a named bit-field whose type is written as
1154@code{int} would not cross a four-byte boundary, and would force
1155four-byte alignment for the whole structure.  (The alignment used may
1156not be four bytes; it is controlled by the other alignment parameters.)
1157
1158An unnamed bit-field will not affect the alignment of the containing
1159structure.
1160
1161If the macro is defined, its definition should be a C expression;
1162a nonzero value for the expression enables this behavior.
1163
1164Note that if this macro is not defined, or its value is zero, some
1165bit-fields may cross more than one alignment boundary.  The compiler can
1166support such references if there are @samp{insv}, @samp{extv}, and
1167@samp{extzv} insns that can directly reference memory.
1168
1169The other known way of making bit-fields work is to define
1170@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} as large as @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}.
1171Then every structure can be accessed with fullwords.
1172
1173Unless the machine has bit-field instructions or you define
1174@code{STRUCTURE_SIZE_BOUNDARY} that way, you must define
1175@code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} to have a nonzero value.
1176
1177If your aim is to make GCC use the same conventions for laying out
1178bit-fields as are used by another compiler, here is how to investigate
1179what the other compiler does.  Compile and run this program:
1180
1181@smallexample
1182struct foo1
1183@{
1184  char x;
1185  char :0;
1186  char y;
1187@};
1188
1189struct foo2
1190@{
1191  char x;
1192  int :0;
1193  char y;
1194@};
1195
1196main ()
1197@{
1198  printf ("Size of foo1 is %d\n",
1199          sizeof (struct foo1));
1200  printf ("Size of foo2 is %d\n",
1201          sizeof (struct foo2));
1202  exit (0);
1203@}
1204@end smallexample
1205
1206If this prints 2 and 5, then the compiler's behavior is what you would
1207get from @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS}.
1208@end defmac
1209
1210@defmac BITFIELD_NBYTES_LIMITED
1211Like @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} except that its effect is limited
1212to aligning a bit-field within the structure.
1213@end defmac
1214
1215@hook TARGET_ALIGN_ANON_BITFIELD
1216
1217@hook TARGET_NARROW_VOLATILE_BITFIELD
1218
1219@hook TARGET_MEMBER_TYPE_FORCES_BLK
1220
1221@defmac ROUND_TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type}, @var{computed}, @var{specified})
1222Define this macro as an expression for the alignment of a type (given
1223by @var{type} as a tree node) if the alignment computed in the usual
1224way is @var{computed} and the alignment explicitly specified was
1225@var{specified}.
1226
1227The default is to use @var{specified} if it is larger; otherwise, use
1228the smaller of @var{computed} and @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT}
1229@end defmac
1230
1231@defmac MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE
1232An integer expression for the size in bits of the largest integer
1233machine mode that should actually be used.  All integer machine modes of
1234this size or smaller can be used for structures and unions with the
1235appropriate sizes.  If this macro is undefined, @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE
1236(DImode)} is assumed.
1237@end defmac
1238
1239@defmac STACK_SAVEAREA_MODE (@var{save_level})
1240If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1241specifies the mode of the save area operand of a
1242@code{save_stack_@var{level}} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1243@var{save_level} is one of @code{SAVE_BLOCK}, @code{SAVE_FUNCTION}, or
1244@code{SAVE_NONLOCAL} and selects which of the three named patterns is
1245having its mode specified.
1246
1247You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{Pmode}.  You
1248would most commonly define this macro if the
1249@code{save_stack_@var{level}} patterns need to support both a 32- and a
125064-bit mode.
1251@end defmac
1252
1253@defmac STACK_SIZE_MODE
1254If defined, an expression of type @code{machine_mode} that
1255specifies the mode of the size increment operand of an
1256@code{allocate_stack} named pattern (@pxref{Standard Names}).
1257
1258You need not define this macro if it always returns @code{word_mode}.
1259You would most commonly define this macro if the @code{allocate_stack}
1260pattern needs to support both a 32- and a 64-bit mode.
1261@end defmac
1262
1263@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_CMP_RETURN_MODE
1264
1265@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_SHIFT_COUNT_MODE
1266
1267@hook TARGET_UNWIND_WORD_MODE
1268
1269@hook TARGET_MS_BITFIELD_LAYOUT_P
1270
1271@hook TARGET_DECIMAL_FLOAT_SUPPORTED_P
1272
1273@hook TARGET_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED_P
1274
1275@hook TARGET_EXPAND_TO_RTL_HOOK
1276
1277@hook TARGET_INSTANTIATE_DECLS
1278
1279@hook TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
1280
1281@node Type Layout
1282@section Layout of Source Language Data Types
1283
1284These macros define the sizes and other characteristics of the standard
1285basic data types used in programs being compiled.  Unlike the macros in
1286the previous section, these apply to specific features of C and related
1287languages, rather than to fundamental aspects of storage layout.
1288
1289@defmac INT_TYPE_SIZE
1290A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{int} on the
1291target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1292@end defmac
1293
1294@defmac SHORT_TYPE_SIZE
1295A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short} on the
1296target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is half a word.
1297(If this would be less than one storage unit, it is rounded up to one
1298unit.)
1299@end defmac
1300
1301@defmac LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1302A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long} on the
1303target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1304@end defmac
1305
1306@defmac ADA_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1307On some machines, the size used for the Ada equivalent of the type
1308@code{long} by a native Ada compiler differs from that used by C@.  In
1309that situation, define this macro to be a C expression to be used for
1310the size of that type.  If you don't define this, the default is the
1311value of @code{LONG_TYPE_SIZE}.
1312@end defmac
1313
1314@defmac LONG_LONG_TYPE_SIZE
1315A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long} on the
1316target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1317words.  If you want to support GNU Ada on your machine, the value of this
1318macro must be at least 64.
1319@end defmac
1320
1321@defmac CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1322A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{char} on the
1323target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1324@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1325@end defmac
1326
1327@defmac BOOL_TYPE_SIZE
1328A C expression for the size in bits of the C++ type @code{bool} and
1329C99 type @code{_Bool} on the target machine.  If you don't define
1330this, and you probably shouldn't, the default is @code{CHAR_TYPE_SIZE}.
1331@end defmac
1332
1333@defmac FLOAT_TYPE_SIZE
1334A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{float} on the
1335target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is one word.
1336@end defmac
1337
1338@defmac DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1339A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{double} on the
1340target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1341words.
1342@end defmac
1343
1344@defmac LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE
1345A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long double} on
1346the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is two
1347words.
1348@end defmac
1349
1350@defmac SHORT_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1351A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Fract} on
1352the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1353@code{BITS_PER_UNIT}.
1354@end defmac
1355
1356@defmac FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1357A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Fract} on
1358the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1359@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1360@end defmac
1361
1362@defmac LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1363A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Fract} on
1364the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1365@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1366@end defmac
1367
1368@defmac LONG_LONG_FRACT_TYPE_SIZE
1369A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Fract} on
1370the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1371@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1372@end defmac
1373
1374@defmac SHORT_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1375A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{short _Accum} on
1376the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1377@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 2}.
1378@end defmac
1379
1380@defmac ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1381A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{_Accum} on
1382the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1383@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 4}.
1384@end defmac
1385
1386@defmac LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1387A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long _Accum} on
1388the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1389@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 8}.
1390@end defmac
1391
1392@defmac LONG_LONG_ACCUM_TYPE_SIZE
1393A C expression for the size in bits of the type @code{long long _Accum} on
1394the target machine.  If you don't define this, the default is
1395@code{BITS_PER_UNIT * 16}.
1396@end defmac
1397
1398@defmac LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX
1399This macro corresponds to the @code{TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX} target
1400hook and should be defined if that hook is overriden to be true.  It
1401causes function names in libgcc to be changed to use a @code{__gnu_}
1402prefix for their name rather than the default @code{__}.  A port which
1403uses this macro should also arrange to use @file{t-gnu-prefix} in
1404the libgcc @file{config.host}.
1405@end defmac
1406
1407@defmac WIDEST_HARDWARE_FP_SIZE
1408A C expression for the size in bits of the widest floating-point format
1409supported by the hardware.  If you define this macro, you must specify a
1410value less than or equal to the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}.
1411If you do not define this macro, the value of @code{LONG_DOUBLE_TYPE_SIZE}
1412is the default.
1413@end defmac
1414
1415@defmac DEFAULT_SIGNED_CHAR
1416An expression whose value is 1 or 0, according to whether the type
1417@code{char} should be signed or unsigned by default.  The user can
1418always override this default with the options @option{-fsigned-char}
1419and @option{-funsigned-char}.
1420@end defmac
1421
1422@hook TARGET_DEFAULT_SHORT_ENUMS
1423
1424@defmac SIZE_TYPE
1425A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1426for size values.  The typedef name @code{size_t} is defined using the
1427contents of the string.
1428
1429The string can contain more than one keyword.  If so, separate them with
1430spaces, and write first any length keyword, then @code{unsigned} if
1431appropriate, and finally @code{int}.  The string must exactly match one
1432of the data type names defined in the function
1433@code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins} in the file @file{c-family/c-common.c}.
1434You may not omit @code{int} or change the order---that would cause the
1435compiler to crash on startup.
1436
1437If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long unsigned
1438int"}.
1439@end defmac
1440
1441@defmac SIZETYPE
1442GCC defines internal types (@code{sizetype}, @code{ssizetype},
1443@code{bitsizetype} and @code{sbitsizetype}) for expressions
1444dealing with size.  This macro is a C expression for a string describing
1445the name of the data type from which the precision of @code{sizetype}
1446is extracted.
1447
1448The string has the same restrictions as @code{SIZE_TYPE} string.
1449
1450If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{SIZE_TYPE}.
1451@end defmac
1452
1453@defmac PTRDIFF_TYPE
1454A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1455for the result of subtracting two pointers.  The typedef name
1456@code{ptrdiff_t} is defined using the contents of the string.  See
1457@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1458
1459If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"long int"}.
1460@end defmac
1461
1462@defmac WCHAR_TYPE
1463A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to use
1464for wide characters.  The typedef name @code{wchar_t} is defined using
1465the contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1466information.
1467
1468If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"int"}.
1469@end defmac
1470
1471@defmac WCHAR_TYPE_SIZE
1472A C expression for the size in bits of the data type for wide
1473characters.  This is used in @code{cpp}, which cannot make use of
1474@code{WCHAR_TYPE}.
1475@end defmac
1476
1477@defmac WINT_TYPE
1478A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type to
1479use for wide characters passed to @code{printf} and returned from
1480@code{getwc}.  The typedef name @code{wint_t} is defined using the
1481contents of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more
1482information.
1483
1484If you don't define this macro, the default is @code{"unsigned int"}.
1485@end defmac
1486
1487@defmac INTMAX_TYPE
1488A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1489can represent any value of any standard or extended signed integer type.
1490The typedef name @code{intmax_t} is defined using the contents of the
1491string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1492
1493If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1494@code{"int"}, @code{"long int"}, or @code{"long long int"} that has as
1495much precision as @code{long long int}.
1496@end defmac
1497
1498@defmac UINTMAX_TYPE
1499A C expression for a string describing the name of the data type that
1500can represent any value of any standard or extended unsigned integer
1501type.  The typedef name @code{uintmax_t} is defined using the contents
1502of the string.  See @code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1503
1504If you don't define this macro, the default is the first of
1505@code{"unsigned int"}, @code{"long unsigned int"}, or @code{"long long
1506unsigned int"} that has as much precision as @code{long long unsigned
1507int}.
1508@end defmac
1509
1510@defmac SIG_ATOMIC_TYPE
1511@defmacx INT8_TYPE
1512@defmacx INT16_TYPE
1513@defmacx INT32_TYPE
1514@defmacx INT64_TYPE
1515@defmacx UINT8_TYPE
1516@defmacx UINT16_TYPE
1517@defmacx UINT32_TYPE
1518@defmacx UINT64_TYPE
1519@defmacx INT_LEAST8_TYPE
1520@defmacx INT_LEAST16_TYPE
1521@defmacx INT_LEAST32_TYPE
1522@defmacx INT_LEAST64_TYPE
1523@defmacx UINT_LEAST8_TYPE
1524@defmacx UINT_LEAST16_TYPE
1525@defmacx UINT_LEAST32_TYPE
1526@defmacx UINT_LEAST64_TYPE
1527@defmacx INT_FAST8_TYPE
1528@defmacx INT_FAST16_TYPE
1529@defmacx INT_FAST32_TYPE
1530@defmacx INT_FAST64_TYPE
1531@defmacx UINT_FAST8_TYPE
1532@defmacx UINT_FAST16_TYPE
1533@defmacx UINT_FAST32_TYPE
1534@defmacx UINT_FAST64_TYPE
1535@defmacx INTPTR_TYPE
1536@defmacx UINTPTR_TYPE
1537C expressions for the standard types @code{sig_atomic_t},
1538@code{int8_t}, @code{int16_t}, @code{int32_t}, @code{int64_t},
1539@code{uint8_t}, @code{uint16_t}, @code{uint32_t}, @code{uint64_t},
1540@code{int_least8_t}, @code{int_least16_t}, @code{int_least32_t},
1541@code{int_least64_t}, @code{uint_least8_t}, @code{uint_least16_t},
1542@code{uint_least32_t}, @code{uint_least64_t}, @code{int_fast8_t},
1543@code{int_fast16_t}, @code{int_fast32_t}, @code{int_fast64_t},
1544@code{uint_fast8_t}, @code{uint_fast16_t}, @code{uint_fast32_t},
1545@code{uint_fast64_t}, @code{intptr_t}, and @code{uintptr_t}.  See
1546@code{SIZE_TYPE} above for more information.
1547
1548If any of these macros evaluates to a null pointer, the corresponding
1549type is not supported; if GCC is configured to provide
1550@code{<stdint.h>} in such a case, the header provided may not conform
1551to C99, depending on the type in question.  The defaults for all of
1552these macros are null pointers.
1553@end defmac
1554
1555@defmac TARGET_PTRMEMFUNC_VBIT_LOCATION
1556The C++ compiler represents a pointer-to-member-function with a struct
1557that looks like:
1558
1559@smallexample
1560  struct @{
1561    union @{
1562      void (*fn)();
1563      ptrdiff_t vtable_index;
1564    @};
1565    ptrdiff_t delta;
1566  @};
1567@end smallexample
1568
1569@noindent
1570The C++ compiler must use one bit to indicate whether the function that
1571will be called through a pointer-to-member-function is virtual.
1572Normally, we assume that the low-order bit of a function pointer must
1573always be zero.  Then, by ensuring that the vtable_index is odd, we can
1574distinguish which variant of the union is in use.  But, on some
1575platforms function pointers can be odd, and so this doesn't work.  In
1576that case, we use the low-order bit of the @code{delta} field, and shift
1577the remainder of the @code{delta} field to the left.
1578
1579GCC will automatically make the right selection about where to store
1580this bit using the @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY} setting for your platform.
1581However, some platforms such as ARM/Thumb have @code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}
1582set such that functions always start at even addresses, but the lowest
1583bit of pointers to functions indicate whether the function at that
1584address is in ARM or Thumb mode.  If this is the case of your
1585architecture, you should define this macro to
1586@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_delta}.
1587
1588In general, you should not have to define this macro.  On architectures
1589in which function addresses are always even, according to
1590@code{FUNCTION_BOUNDARY}, GCC will automatically define this macro to
1591@code{ptrmemfunc_vbit_in_pfn}.
1592@end defmac
1593
1594@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS
1595Normally, the C++ compiler uses function pointers in vtables.  This
1596macro allows the target to change to use ``function descriptors''
1597instead.  Function descriptors are found on targets for whom a
1598function pointer is actually a small data structure.  Normally the
1599data structure consists of the actual code address plus a data
1600pointer to which the function's data is relative.
1601
1602If vtables are used, the value of this macro should be the number
1603of words that the function descriptor occupies.
1604@end defmac
1605
1606@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN
1607By default, the vtable entries are void pointers, the so the alignment
1608is the same as pointer alignment.  The value of this macro specifies
1609the alignment of the vtable entry in bits.  It should be defined only
1610when special alignment is necessary. */
1611@end defmac
1612
1613@defmac TARGET_VTABLE_DATA_ENTRY_DISTANCE
1614There are a few non-descriptor entries in the vtable at offsets below
1615zero.  If these entries must be padded (say, to preserve the alignment
1616specified by @code{TARGET_VTABLE_ENTRY_ALIGN}), set this to the number
1617of words in each data entry.
1618@end defmac
1619
1620@node Registers
1621@section Register Usage
1622@cindex register usage
1623
1624This section explains how to describe what registers the target machine
1625has, and how (in general) they can be used.
1626
1627The description of which registers a specific instruction can use is
1628done with register classes; see @ref{Register Classes}.  For information
1629on using registers to access a stack frame, see @ref{Frame Registers}.
1630For passing values in registers, see @ref{Register Arguments}.
1631For returning values in registers, see @ref{Scalar Return}.
1632
1633@menu
1634* Register Basics::             Number and kinds of registers.
1635* Allocation Order::            Order in which registers are allocated.
1636* Values in Registers::         What kinds of values each reg can hold.
1637* Leaf Functions::              Renumbering registers for leaf functions.
1638* Stack Registers::             Handling a register stack such as 80387.
1639@end menu
1640
1641@node Register Basics
1642@subsection Basic Characteristics of Registers
1643
1644@c prevent bad page break with this line
1645Registers have various characteristics.
1646
1647@defmac FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1648Number of hardware registers known to the compiler.  They receive
1649numbers 0 through @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER-1}; thus, the first
1650pseudo register's number really is assigned the number
1651@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
1652@end defmac
1653
1654@defmac FIXED_REGISTERS
1655@cindex fixed register
1656An initializer that says which registers are used for fixed purposes
1657all throughout the compiled code and are therefore not available for
1658general allocation.  These would include the stack pointer, the frame
1659pointer (except on machines where that can be used as a general
1660register when no frame pointer is needed), the program counter on
1661machines where that is considered one of the addressable registers,
1662and any other numbered register with a standard use.
1663
1664This information is expressed as a sequence of numbers, separated by
1665commas and surrounded by braces.  The @var{n}th number is 1 if
1666register @var{n} is fixed, 0 otherwise.
1667
1668The table initialized from this macro, and the table initialized by
1669the following one, may be overridden at run time either automatically,
1670by the actions of the macro @code{CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}, or by
1671the user with the command options @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},
1672@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}.
1673@end defmac
1674
1675@defmac CALL_USED_REGISTERS
1676@cindex call-used register
1677@cindex call-clobbered register
1678@cindex call-saved register
1679Like @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} but has 1 for each register that is
1680clobbered (in general) by function calls as well as for fixed
1681registers.  This macro therefore identifies the registers that are not
1682available for general allocation of values that must live across
1683function calls.
1684
1685If a register has 0 in @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS}, the compiler
1686automatically saves it on function entry and restores it on function
1687exit, if the register is used within the function.
1688
1689Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1690must be defined.  Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
1691@end defmac
1692
1693@defmac CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS
1694@cindex call-used register
1695@cindex call-clobbered register
1696@cindex call-saved register
1697Like @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} except this macro doesn't require
1698that the entire set of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} be included.
1699(@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} must be a superset of @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}).
1700
1701Exactly one of @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} and @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}
1702must be defined.  Modern ports should define @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}.
1703@end defmac
1704
1705@cindex call-used register
1706@cindex call-clobbered register
1707@cindex call-saved register
1708@hook TARGET_FNTYPE_ABI
1709
1710@hook TARGET_INSN_CALLEE_ABI
1711
1712@cindex call-used register
1713@cindex call-clobbered register
1714@cindex call-saved register
1715@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED
1716
1717@hook TARGET_GET_MULTILIB_ABI_NAME
1718
1719@findex fixed_regs
1720@findex call_used_regs
1721@findex global_regs
1722@findex reg_names
1723@findex reg_class_contents
1724@hook TARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE
1725
1726@defmac INCOMING_REGNO (@var{out})
1727Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1728expression returns the register number as seen by the called function
1729corresponding to the register number @var{out} as seen by the calling
1730function.  Return @var{out} if register number @var{out} is not an
1731outbound register.
1732@end defmac
1733
1734@defmac OUTGOING_REGNO (@var{in})
1735Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1736expression returns the register number as seen by the calling function
1737corresponding to the register number @var{in} as seen by the called
1738function.  Return @var{in} if register number @var{in} is not an inbound
1739register.
1740@end defmac
1741
1742@defmac LOCAL_REGNO (@var{regno})
1743Define this macro if the target machine has register windows.  This C
1744expression returns true if the register is call-saved but is in the
1745register window.  Unlike most call-saved registers, such registers
1746need not be explicitly restored on function exit or during non-local
1747gotos.
1748@end defmac
1749
1750@defmac PC_REGNUM
1751If the program counter has a register number, define this as that
1752register number.  Otherwise, do not define it.
1753@end defmac
1754
1755@node Allocation Order
1756@subsection Order of Allocation of Registers
1757@cindex order of register allocation
1758@cindex register allocation order
1759
1760@c prevent bad page break with this line
1761Registers are allocated in order.
1762
1763@defmac REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1764If defined, an initializer for a vector of integers, containing the
1765numbers of hard registers in the order in which GCC should prefer
1766to use them (from most preferred to least).
1767
1768If this macro is not defined, registers are used lowest numbered first
1769(all else being equal).
1770
1771One use of this macro is on machines where the highest numbered
1772registers must always be saved and the save-multiple-registers
1773instruction supports only sequences of consecutive registers.  On such
1774machines, define @code{REG_ALLOC_ORDER} to be an initializer that lists
1775the highest numbered allocable register first.
1776@end defmac
1777
1778@defmac ADJUST_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1779A C statement (sans semicolon) to choose the order in which to allocate
1780hard registers for pseudo-registers local to a basic block.
1781
1782Store the desired register order in the array @code{reg_alloc_order}.
1783Element 0 should be the register to allocate first; element 1, the next
1784register; and so on.
1785
1786The macro body should not assume anything about the contents of
1787@code{reg_alloc_order} before execution of the macro.
1788
1789On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1790@end defmac
1791
1792@defmac HONOR_REG_ALLOC_ORDER
1793Normally, IRA tries to estimate the costs for saving a register in the
1794prologue and restoring it in the epilogue.  This discourages it from
1795using call-saved registers.  If a machine wants to ensure that IRA
1796allocates registers in the order given by REG_ALLOC_ORDER even if some
1797call-saved registers appear earlier than call-used ones, then define this
1798macro as a C expression to nonzero. Default is 0.
1799@end defmac
1800
1801@defmac IRA_HARD_REGNO_ADD_COST_MULTIPLIER (@var{regno})
1802In some case register allocation order is not enough for the
1803Integrated Register Allocator (@acronym{IRA}) to generate a good code.
1804If this macro is defined, it should return a floating point value
1805based on @var{regno}.  The cost of using @var{regno} for a pseudo will
1806be increased by approximately the pseudo's usage frequency times the
1807value returned by this macro.  Not defining this macro is equivalent
1808to having it always return @code{0.0}.
1809
1810On most machines, it is not necessary to define this macro.
1811@end defmac
1812
1813@node Values in Registers
1814@subsection How Values Fit in Registers
1815
1816This section discusses the macros that describe which kinds of values
1817(specifically, which machine modes) each register can hold, and how many
1818consecutive registers are needed for a given mode.
1819
1820@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS
1821
1822@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1823A C expression that is nonzero if a value of mode @var{mode}, stored
1824in memory, ends with padding that causes it to take up more space than
1825in registers starting at register number @var{regno} (as determined by
1826multiplying GCC's notion of the size of the register when containing
1827this mode by the number of registers returned by
1828@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}).  By default this is zero.
1829
1830For example, if a floating-point value is stored in three 32-bit
1831registers but takes up 128 bits in memory, then this would be
1832nonzero.
1833
1834This macros only needs to be defined if there are cases where
1835@code{subreg_get_info}
1836would otherwise wrongly determine that a @code{subreg} can be
1837represented by an offset to the register number, when in fact such a
1838@code{subreg} would contain some of the padding not stored in
1839registers and so not be representable.
1840@end defmac
1841
1842@defmac HARD_REGNO_NREGS_WITH_PADDING (@var{regno}, @var{mode})
1843For values of @var{regno} and @var{mode} for which
1844@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS_HAS_PADDING} returns nonzero, a C expression
1845returning the greater number of registers required to hold the value
1846including any padding.  In the example above, the value would be four.
1847@end defmac
1848
1849@defmac REGMODE_NATURAL_SIZE (@var{mode})
1850Define this macro if the natural size of registers that hold values
1851of mode @var{mode} is not the word size.  It is a C expression that
1852should give the natural size in bytes for the specified mode.  It is
1853used by the register allocator to try to optimize its results.  This
1854happens for example on SPARC 64-bit where the natural size of
1855floating-point registers is still 32-bit.
1856@end defmac
1857
1858@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
1859
1860@defmac HARD_REGNO_RENAME_OK (@var{from}, @var{to})
1861A C expression that is nonzero if it is OK to rename a hard register
1862@var{from} to another hard register @var{to}.
1863
1864One common use of this macro is to prevent renaming of a register to
1865another register that is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt
1866handler.
1867
1868The default is always nonzero.
1869@end defmac
1870
1871@hook TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
1872
1873@hook TARGET_HARD_REGNO_SCRATCH_OK
1874
1875@defmac AVOID_CCMODE_COPIES
1876Define this macro if the compiler should avoid copies to/from @code{CCmode}
1877registers.  You should only define this macro if support for copying to/from
1878@code{CCmode} is incomplete.
1879@end defmac
1880
1881@node Leaf Functions
1882@subsection Handling Leaf Functions
1883
1884@cindex leaf functions
1885@cindex functions, leaf
1886On some machines, a leaf function (i.e., one which makes no calls) can run
1887more efficiently if it does not make its own register window.  Often this
1888means it is required to receive its arguments in the registers where they
1889are passed by the caller, instead of the registers where they would
1890normally arrive.
1891
1892The special treatment for leaf functions generally applies only when
1893other conditions are met; for example, often they may use only those
1894registers for its own variables and temporaries.  We use the term ``leaf
1895function'' to mean a function that is suitable for this special
1896handling, so that functions with no calls are not necessarily ``leaf
1897functions''.
1898
1899GCC assigns register numbers before it knows whether the function is
1900suitable for leaf function treatment.  So it needs to renumber the
1901registers in order to output a leaf function.  The following macros
1902accomplish this.
1903
1904@defmac LEAF_REGISTERS
1905Name of a char vector, indexed by hard register number, which
1906contains 1 for a register that is allowable in a candidate for leaf
1907function treatment.
1908
1909If leaf function treatment involves renumbering the registers, then the
1910registers marked here should be the ones before renumbering---those that
1911GCC would ordinarily allocate.  The registers which will actually be
1912used in the assembler code, after renumbering, should not be marked with 1
1913in this vector.
1914
1915Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize
1916the treatment of leaf functions.
1917@end defmac
1918
1919@defmac LEAF_REG_REMAP (@var{regno})
1920A C expression whose value is the register number to which @var{regno}
1921should be renumbered, when a function is treated as a leaf function.
1922
1923If @var{regno} is a register number which should not appear in a leaf
1924function before renumbering, then the expression should yield @minus{}1, which
1925will cause the compiler to abort.
1926
1927Define this macro only if the target machine offers a way to optimize the
1928treatment of leaf functions, and registers need to be renumbered to do
1929this.
1930@end defmac
1931
1932@findex current_function_is_leaf
1933@findex current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
1934@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and
1935@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must usually treat leaf functions
1936specially.  They can test the C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf}
1937which is nonzero for leaf functions.  @code{current_function_is_leaf} is
1938set prior to local register allocation and is valid for the remaining
1939compiler passes.  They can also test the C variable
1940@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} which is nonzero for leaf
1941functions which only use leaf registers.
1942@code{current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs} is valid after all passes
1943that modify the instructions have been run and is only useful if
1944@code{LEAF_REGISTERS} is defined.
1945@c changed this to fix overfull.  ALSO:  why the "it" at the beginning
1946@c of the next paragraph?!  --mew 2feb93
1947
1948@node Stack Registers
1949@subsection Registers That Form a Stack
1950
1951There are special features to handle computers where some of the
1952``registers'' form a stack.  Stack registers are normally written by
1953pushing onto the stack, and are numbered relative to the top of the
1954stack.
1955
1956Currently, GCC can only handle one group of stack-like registers, and
1957they must be consecutively numbered.  Furthermore, the existing
1958support for stack-like registers is specific to the 80387 floating
1959point coprocessor.  If you have a new architecture that uses
1960stack-like registers, you will need to do substantial work on
1961@file{reg-stack.c} and write your machine description to cooperate
1962with it, as well as defining these macros.
1963
1964@defmac STACK_REGS
1965Define this if the machine has any stack-like registers.
1966@end defmac
1967
1968@defmac STACK_REG_COVER_CLASS
1969This is a cover class containing the stack registers.  Define this if
1970the machine has any stack-like registers.
1971@end defmac
1972
1973@defmac FIRST_STACK_REG
1974The number of the first stack-like register.  This one is the top
1975of the stack.
1976@end defmac
1977
1978@defmac LAST_STACK_REG
1979The number of the last stack-like register.  This one is the bottom of
1980the stack.
1981@end defmac
1982
1983@node Register Classes
1984@section Register Classes
1985@cindex register class definitions
1986@cindex class definitions, register
1987
1988On many machines, the numbered registers are not all equivalent.
1989For example, certain registers may not be allowed for indexed addressing;
1990certain registers may not be allowed in some instructions.  These machine
1991restrictions are described to the compiler using @dfn{register classes}.
1992
1993You define a number of register classes, giving each one a name and saying
1994which of the registers belong to it.  Then you can specify register classes
1995that are allowed as operands to particular instruction patterns.
1996
1997@findex ALL_REGS
1998@findex NO_REGS
1999In general, each register will belong to several classes.  In fact, one
2000class must be named @code{ALL_REGS} and contain all the registers.  Another
2001class must be named @code{NO_REGS} and contain no registers.  Often the
2002union of two classes will be another class; however, this is not required.
2003
2004@findex GENERAL_REGS
2005One of the classes must be named @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  There is nothing
2006terribly special about the name, but the operand constraint letters
2007@samp{r} and @samp{g} specify this class.  If @code{GENERAL_REGS} is
2008the same as @code{ALL_REGS}, just define it as a macro which expands
2009to @code{ALL_REGS}.
2010
2011Order the classes so that if class @var{x} is contained in class @var{y}
2012then @var{x} has a lower class number than @var{y}.
2013
2014The way classes other than @code{GENERAL_REGS} are specified in operand
2015constraints is through machine-dependent operand constraint letters.
2016You can define such letters to correspond to various classes, then use
2017them in operand constraints.
2018
2019You must define the narrowest register classes for allocatable
2020registers, so that each class either has no subclasses, or that for
2021some mode, the move cost between registers within the class is
2022cheaper than moving a register in the class to or from memory
2023(@pxref{Costs}).
2024
2025You should define a class for the union of two classes whenever some
2026instruction allows both classes.  For example, if an instruction allows
2027either a floating point (coprocessor) register or a general register for a
2028certain operand, you should define a class @code{FLOAT_OR_GENERAL_REGS}
2029which includes both of them.  Otherwise you will get suboptimal code,
2030or even internal compiler errors when reload cannot find a register in the
2031class computed via @code{reg_class_subunion}.
2032
2033You must also specify certain redundant information about the register
2034classes: for each class, which classes contain it and which ones are
2035contained in it; for each pair of classes, the largest class contained
2036in their union.
2037
2038When a value occupying several consecutive registers is expected in a
2039certain class, all the registers used must belong to that class.
2040Therefore, register classes cannot be used to enforce a requirement for
2041a register pair to start with an even-numbered register.  The way to
2042specify this requirement is with @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}.
2043
2044Register classes used for input-operands of bitwise-and or shift
2045instructions have a special requirement: each such class must have, for
2046each fixed-point machine mode, a subclass whose registers can transfer that
2047mode to or from memory.  For example, on some machines, the operations for
2048single-byte values (@code{QImode}) are limited to certain registers.  When
2049this is so, each register class that is used in a bitwise-and or shift
2050instruction must have a subclass consisting of registers from which
2051single-byte values can be loaded or stored.  This is so that
2052@code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} can always have a possible value to return.
2053
2054@deftp {Data type} {enum reg_class}
2055An enumerated type that must be defined with all the register class names
2056as enumerated values.  @code{NO_REGS} must be first.  @code{ALL_REGS}
2057must be the last register class, followed by one more enumerated value,
2058@code{LIM_REG_CLASSES}, which is not a register class but rather
2059tells how many classes there are.
2060
2061Each register class has a number, which is the value of casting
2062the class name to type @code{int}.  The number serves as an index
2063in many of the tables described below.
2064@end deftp
2065
2066@defmac N_REG_CLASSES
2067The number of distinct register classes, defined as follows:
2068
2069@smallexample
2070#define N_REG_CLASSES (int) LIM_REG_CLASSES
2071@end smallexample
2072@end defmac
2073
2074@defmac REG_CLASS_NAMES
2075An initializer containing the names of the register classes as C string
2076constants.  These names are used in writing some of the debugging dumps.
2077@end defmac
2078
2079@defmac REG_CLASS_CONTENTS
2080An initializer containing the contents of the register classes, as integers
2081which are bit masks.  The @var{n}th integer specifies the contents of class
2082@var{n}.  The way the integer @var{mask} is interpreted is that
2083register @var{r} is in the class if @code{@var{mask} & (1 << @var{r})} is 1.
2084
2085When the machine has more than 32 registers, an integer does not suffice.
2086Then the integers are replaced by sub-initializers, braced groupings containing
2087several integers.  Each sub-initializer must be suitable as an initializer
2088for the type @code{HARD_REG_SET} which is defined in @file{hard-reg-set.h}.
2089In this situation, the first integer in each sub-initializer corresponds to
2090registers 0 through 31, the second integer to registers 32 through 63, and
2091so on.
2092@end defmac
2093
2094@defmac REGNO_REG_CLASS (@var{regno})
2095A C expression whose value is a register class containing hard register
2096@var{regno}.  In general there is more than one such class; choose a class
2097which is @dfn{minimal}, meaning that no smaller class also contains the
2098register.
2099@end defmac
2100
2101@defmac BASE_REG_CLASS
2102A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2103base register must belong.  A base register is one used in an address
2104which is the register value plus a displacement.
2105@end defmac
2106
2107@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2108This is a variation of the @code{BASE_REG_CLASS} macro which allows
2109the selection of a base register in a mode dependent manner.  If
2110@var{mode} is VOIDmode then it should return the same value as
2111@code{BASE_REG_CLASS}.
2112@end defmac
2113
2114@defmac MODE_BASE_REG_REG_CLASS (@var{mode})
2115A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2116base register must belong in order to be used in a base plus index
2117register address.  You should define this macro if base plus index
2118addresses have different requirements than other base register uses.
2119@end defmac
2120
2121@defmac MODE_CODE_BASE_REG_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2122A C expression whose value is the register class to which a valid
2123base register for a memory reference in mode @var{mode} to address
2124space @var{address_space} must belong.  @var{outer_code} and @var{index_code}
2125define the context in which the base register occurs.  @var{outer_code} is
2126the code of the immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} for the top level
2127of an address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2128@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the corresponding
2129index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS}; @code{SCRATCH} otherwise.
2130@end defmac
2131
2132@defmac INDEX_REG_CLASS
2133A macro whose definition is the name of the class to which a valid
2134index register must belong.  An index register is one used in an
2135address where its value is either multiplied by a scale factor or
2136added to another register (as well as added to a displacement).
2137@end defmac
2138
2139@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num})
2140A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2141suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses.
2142@end defmac
2143
2144@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2145A C expression that is just like @code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except that
2146that expression may examine the mode of the memory reference in
2147@var{mode}.  You should define this macro if the mode of the memory
2148reference affects whether a register may be used as a base register.  If
2149you define this macro, the compiler will use it instead of
2150@code{REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for
2151addresses that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an
2152@code{address_operand}.
2153@end defmac
2154
2155@defmac REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_REG_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode})
2156A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is suitable for
2157use as a base register in base plus index operand addresses, accessing
2158memory in mode @var{mode}.  It may be either a suitable hard register or a
2159pseudo register that has been allocated such a hard register.  You should
2160define this macro if base plus index addresses have different requirements
2161than other base register uses.
2162
2163Use of this macro is deprecated; please use the more general
2164@code{REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}.
2165@end defmac
2166
2167@defmac REGNO_MODE_CODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P (@var{num}, @var{mode}, @var{address_space}, @var{outer_code}, @var{index_code})
2168A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2169suitable for use as a base register in operand addresses, accessing
2170memory in mode @var{mode} in address space @var{address_space}.
2171This is similar to @code{REGNO_MODE_OK_FOR_BASE_P}, except
2172that that expression may examine the context in which the register
2173appears in the memory reference.  @var{outer_code} is the code of the
2174immediately enclosing expression (@code{MEM} if at the top level of the
2175address, @code{ADDRESS} for something that occurs in an
2176@code{address_operand}).  @var{index_code} is the code of the
2177corresponding index expression if @var{outer_code} is @code{PLUS};
2178@code{SCRATCH} otherwise.  The mode may be @code{VOIDmode} for addresses
2179that appear outside a @code{MEM}, i.e., as an @code{address_operand}.
2180@end defmac
2181
2182@defmac REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (@var{num})
2183A C expression which is nonzero if register number @var{num} is
2184suitable for use as an index register in operand addresses.  It may be
2185either a suitable hard register or a pseudo register that has been
2186allocated such a hard register.
2187
2188The difference between an index register and a base register is that
2189the index register may be scaled.  If an address involves the sum of
2190two registers, neither one of them scaled, then either one may be
2191labeled the ``base'' and the other the ``index''; but whichever
2192labeling is used must fit the machine's constraints of which registers
2193may serve in each capacity.  The compiler will try both labelings,
2194looking for one that is valid, and will reload one or both registers
2195only if neither labeling works.
2196@end defmac
2197
2198@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RENAME_CLASS
2199
2200@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
2201
2202@defmac PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{x}, @var{class})
2203A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2204to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class
2205@var{class}.  The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps
2206another, smaller class.  On many machines, the following definition is
2207safe:
2208
2209@smallexample
2210#define PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS(X,CLASS) CLASS
2211@end smallexample
2212
2213Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code.  For
2214example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range
2215for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always
2216@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{class} includes the data registers.
2217Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.
2218
2219One case where @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return
2220@var{class} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be
2221loaded into some register class.  By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can
2222force @var{x} into a memory location.  For example, rs6000 can load
2223immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an
2224instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point
2225register, so @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when
2226@var{x} is a floating-point constant.  If the constant cannot be loaded
2227into any kind of register, code generation will be better if
2228@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead
2229of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.
2230
2231If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go
2232through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}
2233to find the best one.  Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes
2234reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses
2235this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in
2236the SSE registers (and vice versa).
2237@end defmac
2238
2239@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
2240
2241@defmac LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{mode}, @var{class})
2242A C expression that places additional restrictions on the register class
2243to use when it is necessary to be able to hold a value of mode
2244@var{mode} in a reload register for which class @var{class} would
2245ordinarily be used.
2246
2247Unlike @code{PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, this macro should be used when
2248there are certain modes that simply cannot go in certain reload classes.
2249
2250The value is a register class; perhaps @var{class}, or perhaps another,
2251smaller class.
2252
2253Don't define this macro unless the target machine has limitations which
2254require the macro to do something nontrivial.
2255@end defmac
2256
2257@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
2258
2259@defmac SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2260@defmacx SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2261@defmacx SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (@var{class}, @var{mode}, @var{x})
2262These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
2263@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD} instead.
2264
2265These are obsolete macros, replaced by the @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD}
2266target hook.  Older ports still define these macros to indicate to the
2267reload phase that it may
2268need to allocate at least one register for a reload in addition to the
2269register to contain the data.  Specifically, if copying @var{x} to a
2270register @var{class} in @var{mode} requires an intermediate register,
2271you were supposed to define @code{SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to return the
2272largest register class all of whose registers can be used as
2273intermediate registers or scratch registers.
2274
2275If copying a register @var{class} in @var{mode} to @var{x} requires an
2276intermediate or scratch register, @code{SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS}
2277was supposed to be defined be defined to return the largest register
2278class required.  If the
2279requirements for input and output reloads were the same, the macro
2280@code{SECONDARY_RELOAD_CLASS} should have been used instead of defining both
2281macros identically.
2282
2283The values returned by these macros are often @code{GENERAL_REGS}.
2284Return @code{NO_REGS} if no spare register is needed; i.e., if @var{x}
2285can be directly copied to or from a register of @var{class} in
2286@var{mode} without requiring a scratch register.  Do not define this
2287macro if it would always return @code{NO_REGS}.
2288
2289If a scratch register is required (either with or without an
2290intermediate register), you were supposed to define patterns for
2291@samp{reload_in@var{m}} or @samp{reload_out@var{m}}, as required
2292(@pxref{Standard Names}.  These patterns, which were normally
2293implemented with a @code{define_expand}, should be similar to the
2294@samp{mov@var{m}} patterns, except that operand 2 is the scratch
2295register.
2296
2297These patterns need constraints for the reload register and scratch
2298register that
2299contain a single register class.  If the original reload register (whose
2300class is @var{class}) can meet the constraint given in the pattern, the
2301value returned by these macros is used for the class of the scratch
2302register.  Otherwise, two additional reload registers are required.
2303Their classes are obtained from the constraints in the insn pattern.
2304
2305@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a
2306pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.
2307Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is
2308in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.
2309
2310These macros should not be used in the case where a particular class of
2311registers can only be copied to memory and not to another class of
2312registers.  In that case, secondary reload registers are not needed and
2313would not be helpful.  Instead, a stack location must be used to perform
2314the copy and the @code{mov@var{m}} pattern should use memory as an
2315intermediate storage.  This case often occurs between floating-point and
2316general registers.
2317@end defmac
2318
2319@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
2320
2321@defmac SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (@var{mode})
2322Normally when @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} is defined, the compiler
2323allocates a stack slot for a memory location needed for register copies.
2324If this macro is defined, the compiler instead uses the memory location
2325defined by this macro.
2326
2327Do not define this macro if you do not define
2328@code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED}.
2329@end defmac
2330
2331@hook TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
2332
2333@hook TARGET_SELECT_EARLY_REMAT_MODES
2334
2335@hook TARGET_CLASS_LIKELY_SPILLED_P
2336
2337@hook TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS
2338
2339@defmac CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})
2340A C expression for the maximum number of consecutive registers
2341of class @var{class} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.
2342
2343This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.  In fact,
2344the value of the macro @code{CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{class}, @var{mode})}
2345should be the maximum value of @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno},
2346@var{mode})} for all @var{regno} values in the class @var{class}.
2347
2348This macro helps control the handling of multiple-word values
2349in the reload pass.
2350@end defmac
2351
2352@hook TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
2353
2354@hook TARGET_IRA_CHANGE_PSEUDO_ALLOCNO_CLASS
2355
2356@hook TARGET_LRA_P
2357
2358@hook TARGET_REGISTER_PRIORITY
2359
2360@hook TARGET_REGISTER_USAGE_LEVELING_P
2361
2362@hook TARGET_DIFFERENT_ADDR_DISPLACEMENT_P
2363
2364@hook TARGET_CANNOT_SUBSTITUTE_MEM_EQUIV_P
2365
2366@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS_DISPLACEMENT
2367
2368@hook TARGET_SPILL_CLASS
2369
2370@hook TARGET_ADDITIONAL_ALLOCNO_CLASS_P
2371
2372@hook TARGET_CSTORE_MODE
2373
2374@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_PRESSURE_CLASSES
2375
2376@node Stack and Calling
2377@section Stack Layout and Calling Conventions
2378@cindex calling conventions
2379
2380@c prevent bad page break with this line
2381This describes the stack layout and calling conventions.
2382
2383@menu
2384* Frame Layout::
2385* Exception Handling::
2386* Stack Checking::
2387* Frame Registers::
2388* Elimination::
2389* Stack Arguments::
2390* Register Arguments::
2391* Scalar Return::
2392* Aggregate Return::
2393* Caller Saves::
2394* Function Entry::
2395* Profiling::
2396* Tail Calls::
2397* Shrink-wrapping separate components::
2398* Stack Smashing Protection::
2399* Miscellaneous Register Hooks::
2400@end menu
2401
2402@node Frame Layout
2403@subsection Basic Stack Layout
2404@cindex stack frame layout
2405@cindex frame layout
2406
2407@c prevent bad page break with this line
2408Here is the basic stack layout.
2409
2410@defmac STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2411Define this macro to be true if pushing a word onto the stack moves the stack
2412pointer to a smaller address, and false otherwise.
2413@end defmac
2414
2415@defmac STACK_PUSH_CODE
2416This macro defines the operation used when something is pushed
2417on the stack.  In RTL, a push operation will be
2418@code{(set (mem (STACK_PUSH_CODE (reg sp))) @dots{})}
2419
2420The choices are @code{PRE_DEC}, @code{POST_DEC}, @code{PRE_INC},
2421and @code{POST_INC}.  Which of these is correct depends on
2422the stack direction and on whether the stack pointer points
2423to the last item on the stack or whether it points to the
2424space for the next item on the stack.
2425
2426The default is @code{PRE_DEC} when @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is
2427true, which is almost always right, and @code{PRE_INC} otherwise,
2428which is often wrong.
2429@end defmac
2430
2431@defmac FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
2432Define this macro to nonzero value if the addresses of local variable slots
2433are at negative offsets from the frame pointer.
2434@end defmac
2435
2436@defmac ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD
2437Define this macro if successive arguments to a function occupy decreasing
2438addresses on the stack.
2439@end defmac
2440
2441@hook TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET
2442
2443@defmac STACK_ALIGNMENT_NEEDED
2444Define to zero to disable final alignment of the stack during reload.
2445The nonzero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2446
2447On ports where @code{TARGET_STARTING_FRAME_OFFSET} is nonzero or where there
2448is a register save block following the local block that doesn't require
2449alignment to @code{STACK_BOUNDARY}, it may be beneficial to disable
2450stack alignment and do it in the backend.
2451@end defmac
2452
2453@defmac STACK_POINTER_OFFSET
2454Offset from the stack pointer register to the first location at which
2455outgoing arguments are placed.  If not specified, the default value of
2456zero is used.  This is the proper value for most machines.
2457
2458If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2459the first location at which outgoing arguments are placed.
2460@end defmac
2461
2462@defmac FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2463Offset from the argument pointer register to the first argument's
2464address.  On some machines it may depend on the data type of the
2465function.
2466
2467If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, this is the offset to the location above
2468the first argument's address.
2469@end defmac
2470
2471@defmac STACK_DYNAMIC_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2472Offset from the stack pointer register to an item dynamically allocated
2473on the stack, e.g., by @code{alloca}.
2474
2475The default value for this macro is @code{STACK_POINTER_OFFSET} plus the
2476length of the outgoing arguments.  The default is correct for most
2477machines.  See @file{function.c} for details.
2478@end defmac
2479
2480@defmac INITIAL_FRAME_ADDRESS_RTX
2481A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address of the initial
2482stack frame. This address is passed to @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and
2483@code{DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS}.  If you don't define this macro, a reasonable
2484default value will be used.  Define this macro in order to make frame pointer
2485elimination work in the presence of @code{__builtin_frame_address (count)} and
2486@code{__builtin_return_address (count)} for @code{count} not equal to zero.
2487@end defmac
2488
2489@defmac DYNAMIC_CHAIN_ADDRESS (@var{frameaddr})
2490A C expression whose value is RTL representing the address in a stack
2491frame where the pointer to the caller's frame is stored.  Assume that
2492@var{frameaddr} is an RTL expression for the address of the stack frame
2493itself.
2494
2495If you don't define this macro, the default is to return the value
2496of @var{frameaddr}---that is, the stack frame address is also the
2497address of the stack word that points to the previous frame.
2498@end defmac
2499
2500@defmac SETUP_FRAME_ADDRESSES
2501A C expression that produces the machine-specific code to
2502setup the stack so that arbitrary frames can be accessed.  For example,
2503on the SPARC, we must flush all of the register windows to the stack
2504before we can access arbitrary stack frames.  You will seldom need to
2505define this macro.  The default is to do nothing.
2506@end defmac
2507
2508@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_SETJMP_FRAME_VALUE
2509
2510@defmac FRAME_ADDR_RTX (@var{frameaddr})
2511A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the frame
2512address for the current frame.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer
2513of the current frame.  This is used for __builtin_frame_address.
2514You need only define this macro if the frame address is not the same
2515as the frame pointer.  Most machines do not need to define it.
2516@end defmac
2517
2518@defmac RETURN_ADDR_RTX (@var{count}, @var{frameaddr})
2519A C expression whose value is RTL representing the value of the return
2520address for the frame @var{count} steps up from the current frame, after
2521the prologue.  @var{frameaddr} is the frame pointer of the @var{count}
2522frame, or the frame pointer of the @var{count} @minus{} 1 frame if
2523@code{RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME} is nonzero.
2524
2525The value of the expression must always be the correct address when
2526@var{count} is zero, but may be @code{NULL_RTX} if there is no way to
2527determine the return address of other frames.
2528@end defmac
2529
2530@defmac RETURN_ADDR_IN_PREVIOUS_FRAME
2531Define this macro to nonzero value if the return address of a particular
2532stack frame is accessed from the frame pointer of the previous stack
2533frame.  The zero default for this macro is suitable for most ports.
2534@end defmac
2535
2536@defmac INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
2537A C expression whose value is RTL representing the location of the
2538incoming return address at the beginning of any function, before the
2539prologue.  This RTL is either a @code{REG}, indicating that the return
2540value is saved in @samp{REG}, or a @code{MEM} representing a location in
2541the stack.
2542
2543You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2544debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2545
2546If this RTL is a @code{REG}, you should also define
2547@code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO)}.
2548@end defmac
2549
2550@defmac DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
2551A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 column
2552number that may be used as an alternative return column.  The column
2553must not correspond to any gcc hard register (that is, it must not
2554be in the range of @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM}).
2555
2556This macro can be useful if @code{DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN} is set to a
2557general register, but an alternative column needs to be used for signal
2558frames.  Some targets have also used different frame return columns
2559over time.
2560@end defmac
2561
2562@defmac DWARF_ZERO_REG
2563A C expression whose value is an integer giving a DWARF 2 register
2564number that is considered to always have the value zero.  This should
2565only be defined if the target has an architected zero register, and
2566someone decided it was a good idea to use that register number to
2567terminate the stack backtrace.  New ports should avoid this.
2568@end defmac
2569
2570@hook TARGET_DWARF_HANDLE_FRAME_UNSPEC
2571
2572@hook TARGET_DWARF_POLY_INDETERMINATE_VALUE
2573
2574@defmac INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2575A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2576from the value of the stack pointer register to the top of the stack
2577frame at the beginning of any function, before the prologue.  The top of
2578the frame is defined to be the value of the stack pointer in the
2579previous frame, just before the call instruction.
2580
2581You only need to define this macro if you want to support call frame
2582debugging information like that provided by DWARF 2.
2583@end defmac
2584
2585@defmac DEFAULT_INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
2586Like @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}, but must be the same for all
2587functions of the same ABI, and when using GAS @code{.cfi_*} directives
2588must also agree with the default CFI GAS emits.  Define this macro
2589only if @code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} can have different values
2590between different functions of the same ABI or when
2591@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET} does not agree with GAS default CFI.
2592@end defmac
2593
2594@defmac ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2595A C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset, in bytes,
2596from the argument pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).  The
2597final value should coincide with that calculated by
2598@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.  Which is unfortunately not usable
2599during virtual register instantiation.
2600
2601The default value for this macro is
2602@code{FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (fundecl) + crtl->args.pretend_args_size},
2603which is correct for most machines; in general, the arguments are found
2604immediately before the stack frame.  Note that this is not the case on
2605some targets that save registers into the caller's frame, such as SPARC
2606and rs6000, and so such targets need to define this macro.
2607
2608You only need to define this macro if the default is incorrect, and you
2609want to support call frame debugging information like that provided by
2610DWARF 2.
2611@end defmac
2612
2613@defmac FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2614If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2615in bytes from the frame pointer to the canonical frame address (cfa).
2616The final value should coincide with that calculated by
2617@code{INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET}.
2618
2619Normally the CFA is calculated as an offset from the argument pointer,
2620via @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}, but if the argument pointer is
2621variable due to the ABI, this may not be possible.  If this macro is
2622defined, it implies that the virtual register instantiation should be
2623based on the frame pointer instead of the argument pointer.  Only one
2624of @code{FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET} and @code{ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET}
2625should be defined.
2626@end defmac
2627
2628@defmac CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (@var{fundecl})
2629If defined, a C expression whose value is an integer giving the offset
2630in bytes from the canonical frame address (cfa) to the frame base used
2631in DWARF 2 debug information.  The default is zero.  A different value
2632may reduce the size of debug information on some ports.
2633@end defmac
2634
2635@node Exception Handling
2636@subsection Exception Handling Support
2637@cindex exception handling
2638
2639@defmac EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (@var{N})
2640A C expression whose value is the @var{N}th register number used for
2641data by exception handlers, or @code{INVALID_REGNUM} if fewer than
2642@var{N} registers are usable.
2643
2644The exception handling library routines communicate with the exception
2645handlers via a set of agreed upon registers.  Ideally these registers
2646should be call-clobbered; it is possible to use call-saved registers,
2647but may negatively impact code size.  The target must support at least
26482 data registers, but should define 4 if there are enough free registers.
2649
2650You must define this macro if you want to support call frame exception
2651handling like that provided by DWARF 2.
2652@end defmac
2653
2654@defmac EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
2655A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2656to store a stack adjustment to be applied before function return.
2657This is used to unwind the stack to an exception handler's call frame.
2658It will be assigned zero on code paths that return normally.
2659
2660Typically this is a call-clobbered hard register that is otherwise
2661untouched by the epilogue, but could also be a stack slot.
2662
2663Do not define this macro if the stack pointer is saved and restored
2664by the regular prolog and epilog code in the call frame itself; in
2665this case, the exception handling library routines will update the
2666stack location to be restored in place.  Otherwise, you must define
2667this macro if you want to support call frame exception handling like
2668that provided by DWARF 2.
2669@end defmac
2670
2671@defmac EH_RETURN_HANDLER_RTX
2672A C expression whose value is RTL representing a location in which
2673to store the address of an exception handler to which we should
2674return.  It will not be assigned on code paths that return normally.
2675
2676Typically this is the location in the call frame at which the normal
2677return address is stored.  For targets that return by popping an
2678address off the stack, this might be a memory address just below
2679the @emph{target} call frame rather than inside the current call
2680frame.  If defined, @code{EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX} will have already
2681been assigned, so it may be used to calculate the location of the
2682target call frame.
2683
2684Some targets have more complex requirements than storing to an
2685address calculable during initial code generation.  In that case
2686the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern should be used instead.
2687
2688If you want to support call frame exception handling, you must
2689define either this macro or the @code{eh_return} instruction pattern.
2690@end defmac
2691
2692@defmac RETURN_ADDR_OFFSET
2693If defined, an integer-valued C expression for which rtl will be generated
2694to add it to the exception handler address before it is searched in the
2695exception handling tables, and to subtract it again from the address before
2696using it to return to the exception handler.
2697@end defmac
2698
2699@defmac ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (@var{code}, @var{global})
2700This macro chooses the encoding of pointers embedded in the exception
2701handling sections.  If at all possible, this should be defined such
2702that the exception handling section will not require dynamic relocations,
2703and so may be read-only.
2704
2705@var{code} is 0 for data, 1 for code labels, 2 for function pointers.
2706@var{global} is true if the symbol may be affected by dynamic relocations.
2707The macro should return a combination of the @code{DW_EH_PE_*} defines
2708as found in @file{dwarf2.h}.
2709
2710If this macro is not defined, pointers will not be encoded but
2711represented directly.
2712@end defmac
2713
2714@defmac ASM_MAYBE_OUTPUT_ENCODED_ADDR_RTX (@var{file}, @var{encoding}, @var{size}, @var{addr}, @var{done})
2715This macro allows the target to emit whatever special magic is required
2716to represent the encoding chosen by @code{ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT}.
2717Generic code takes care of pc-relative and indirect encodings; this must
2718be defined if the target uses text-relative or data-relative encodings.
2719
2720This is a C statement that branches to @var{done} if the format was
2721handled.  @var{encoding} is the format chosen, @var{size} is the number
2722of bytes that the format occupies, @var{addr} is the @code{SYMBOL_REF}
2723to be emitted.
2724@end defmac
2725
2726@defmac MD_FALLBACK_FRAME_STATE_FOR (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2727This macro allows the target to add CPU and operating system specific
2728code to the call-frame unwinder for use when there is no unwind data
2729available.  The most common reason to implement this macro is to unwind
2730through signal frames.
2731
2732This macro is called from @code{uw_frame_state_for} in
2733@file{unwind-dw2.c}, @file{unwind-dw2-xtensa.c} and
2734@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2735@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{context->ra}
2736for the address of the code being executed and @code{context->cfa} for
2737the stack pointer value.  If the frame can be decoded, the register
2738save addresses should be updated in @var{fs} and the macro should
2739evaluate to @code{_URC_NO_REASON}.  If the frame cannot be decoded,
2740the macro should evaluate to @code{_URC_END_OF_STACK}.
2741
2742For proper signal handling in Java this macro is accompanied by
2743@code{MAKE_THROW_FRAME}, defined in @file{libjava/include/*-signal.h} headers.
2744@end defmac
2745
2746@defmac MD_HANDLE_UNWABI (@var{context}, @var{fs})
2747This macro allows the target to add operating system specific code to the
2748call-frame unwinder to handle the IA-64 @code{.unwabi} unwinding directive,
2749usually used for signal or interrupt frames.
2750
2751This macro is called from @code{uw_update_context} in libgcc's
2752@file{unwind-ia64.c}.  @var{context} is an @code{_Unwind_Context};
2753@var{fs} is an @code{_Unwind_FrameState}.  Examine @code{fs->unwabi}
2754for the abi and context in the @code{.unwabi} directive.  If the
2755@code{.unwabi} directive can be handled, the register save addresses should
2756be updated in @var{fs}.
2757@end defmac
2758
2759@defmac TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2760A C expression that evaluates to true if the target requires unwind
2761info to be given comdat linkage.  Define it to be @code{1} if comdat
2762linkage is necessary.  The default is @code{0}.
2763@end defmac
2764
2765@node Stack Checking
2766@subsection Specifying How Stack Checking is Done
2767
2768GCC will check that stack references are within the boundaries of the
2769stack, if the option @option{-fstack-check} is specified, in one of
2770three ways:
2771
2772@enumerate
2773@item
2774If the value of the @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC
2775will assume that you have arranged for full stack checking to be done
2776at appropriate places in the configuration files.  GCC will not do
2777other special processing.
2778
2779@item
2780If @code{STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN} is zero and the value of the
2781@code{STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN} macro is nonzero, GCC will assume
2782that you have arranged for static stack checking (checking of the
2783static stack frame of functions) to be done at appropriate places
2784in the configuration files.  GCC will only emit code to do dynamic
2785stack checking (checking on dynamic stack allocations) using the third
2786approach below.
2787
2788@item
2789If neither of the above are true, GCC will generate code to periodically
2790``probe'' the stack pointer using the values of the macros defined below.
2791@end enumerate
2792
2793If neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined,
2794GCC will change its allocation strategy for large objects if the option
2795@option{-fstack-check} is specified: they will always be allocated
2796dynamically if their size exceeds @code{STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE} bytes.
2797
2798@defmac STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2799A nonzero value if stack checking is done by the configuration files in a
2800machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if stack checking
2801is required by the ABI of your machine or if you would like to do stack
2802checking in some more efficient way than the generic approach.  The default
2803value of this macro is zero.
2804@end defmac
2805
2806@defmac STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN
2807A nonzero value if static stack checking is done by the configuration files
2808in a machine-dependent manner.  You should define this macro if you would
2809like to do static stack checking in some more efficient way than the generic
2810approach.  The default value of this macro is zero.
2811@end defmac
2812
2813@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROBE_INTERVAL_EXP
2814An integer specifying the interval at which GCC must generate stack probe
2815instructions, defined as 2 raised to this integer.  You will normally
2816define this macro so that the interval be no larger than the size of
2817the ``guard pages'' at the end of a stack area.  The default value
2818of 12 (4096-byte interval) is suitable for most systems.
2819@end defmac
2820
2821@defmac STACK_CHECK_MOVING_SP
2822An integer which is nonzero if GCC should move the stack pointer page by page
2823when doing probes.  This can be necessary on systems where the stack pointer
2824contains the bottom address of the memory area accessible to the executing
2825thread at any point in time.  In this situation an alternate signal stack
2826is required in order to be able to recover from a stack overflow.  The
2827default value of this macro is zero.
2828@end defmac
2829
2830@defmac STACK_CHECK_PROTECT
2831The number of bytes of stack needed to recover from a stack overflow, for
2832languages where such a recovery is supported.  The default value of 4KB/8KB
2833with the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism and
28348KB/12KB with other exception handling mechanisms should be adequate for most
2835architectures and operating systems.
2836@end defmac
2837
2838The following macros are relevant only if neither STACK_CHECK_BUILTIN
2839nor STACK_CHECK_STATIC_BUILTIN is defined; you can omit them altogether
2840in the opposite case.
2841
2842@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_FRAME_SIZE
2843The maximum size of a stack frame, in bytes.  GCC will generate probe
2844instructions in non-leaf functions to ensure at least this many bytes of
2845stack are available.  If a stack frame is larger than this size, stack
2846checking will not be reliable and GCC will issue a warning.  The
2847default is chosen so that GCC only generates one instruction on most
2848systems.  You should normally not change the default value of this macro.
2849@end defmac
2850
2851@defmac STACK_CHECK_FIXED_FRAME_SIZE
2852GCC uses this value to generate the above warning message.  It
2853represents the amount of fixed frame used by a function, not including
2854space for any callee-saved registers, temporaries and user variables.
2855You need only specify an upper bound for this amount and will normally
2856use the default of four words.
2857@end defmac
2858
2859@defmac STACK_CHECK_MAX_VAR_SIZE
2860The maximum size, in bytes, of an object that GCC will place in the
2861fixed area of the stack frame when the user specifies
2862@option{-fstack-check}.
2863GCC computed the default from the values of the above macros and you will
2864normally not need to override that default.
2865@end defmac
2866
2867@hook TARGET_STACK_CLASH_PROTECTION_ALLOCA_PROBE_RANGE
2868
2869@need 2000
2870@node Frame Registers
2871@subsection Registers That Address the Stack Frame
2872
2873@c prevent bad page break with this line
2874This discusses registers that address the stack frame.
2875
2876@defmac STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2877The register number of the stack pointer register, which must also be a
2878fixed register according to @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}.  On most machines,
2879the hardware determines which register this is.
2880@end defmac
2881
2882@defmac FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2883The register number of the frame pointer register, which is used to
2884access automatic variables in the stack frame.  On some machines, the
2885hardware determines which register this is.  On other machines, you can
2886choose any register you wish for this purpose.
2887@end defmac
2888
2889@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2890On some machines the offset between the frame pointer and starting
2891offset of the automatic variables is not known until after register
2892allocation has been done (for example, because the saved registers are
2893between these two locations).  On those machines, define
2894@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} the number of a special, fixed register to
2895be used internally until the offset is known, and define
2896@code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} to be the actual hard register number
2897used for the frame pointer.
2898
2899You should define this macro only in the very rare circumstances when it
2900is not possible to calculate the offset between the frame pointer and
2901the automatic variables until after register allocation has been
2902completed.  When this macro is defined, you must also indicate in your
2903definition of @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} how to eliminate
2904@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM} into either @code{HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}
2905or @code{STACK_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2906
2907Do not define this macro if it would be the same as
2908@code{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM}.
2909@end defmac
2910
2911@defmac ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
2912The register number of the arg pointer register, which is used to access
2913the function's argument list.  On some machines, this is the same as the
2914frame pointer register.  On some machines, the hardware determines which
2915register this is.  On other machines, you can choose any register you
2916wish for this purpose.  If this is not the same register as the frame
2917pointer register, then you must mark it as a fixed register according to
2918@code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, or arrange to be able to eliminate it
2919(@pxref{Elimination}).
2920@end defmac
2921
2922@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_FRAME_POINTER
2923Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2924@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{frame_pointer_rtx} should be
2925the same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2926== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2927definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2928@end defmac
2929
2930@defmac HARD_FRAME_POINTER_IS_ARG_POINTER
2931Define this to a preprocessor constant that is nonzero if
2932@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} and @code{arg_pointer_rtx} should be the
2933same.  The default definition is @samp{(HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM ==
2934ARG_POINTER_REGNUM)}; you only need to define this macro if that
2935definition is not suitable for use in preprocessor conditionals.
2936@end defmac
2937
2938@defmac RETURN_ADDRESS_POINTER_REGNUM
2939The register number of the return address pointer register, which is used to
2940access the current function's return address from the stack.  On some
2941machines, the return address is not at a fixed offset from the frame
2942pointer or stack pointer or argument pointer.  This register can be defined
2943to point to the return address on the stack, and then be converted by
2944@code{ELIMINABLE_REGS} into either the frame pointer or stack pointer.
2945
2946Do not define this macro unless there is no other way to get the return
2947address from the stack.
2948@end defmac
2949
2950@defmac STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
2951@defmacx STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM
2952Register numbers used for passing a function's static chain pointer.  If
2953register windows are used, the register number as seen by the called
2954function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM}, while the register
2955number as seen by the calling function is @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM}.  If
2956these registers are the same, @code{STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM} need
2957not be defined.
2958
2959The static chain register need not be a fixed register.
2960
2961If the static chain is passed in memory, these macros should not be
2962defined; instead, the @code{TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN} hook should be used.
2963@end defmac
2964
2965@hook TARGET_STATIC_CHAIN
2966
2967@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2968This macro specifies the maximum number of hard registers that can be
2969saved in a call frame.  This is used to size data structures used in
2970DWARF2 exception handling.
2971
2972Prior to GCC 3.0, this macro was needed in order to establish a stable
2973exception handling ABI in the face of adding new hard registers for ISA
2974extensions.  In GCC 3.0 and later, the EH ABI is insulated from changes
2975in the number of hard registers.  Nevertheless, this macro can still be
2976used to reduce the runtime memory requirements of the exception handling
2977routines, which can be substantial if the ISA contains a lot of
2978registers that are not call-saved.
2979
2980If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2981@code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER}.
2982@end defmac
2983
2984@defmac PRE_GCC3_DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
2985
2986This macro is similar to @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}, but is provided
2987for backward compatibility in pre GCC 3.0 compiled code.
2988
2989If this macro is not defined, it defaults to
2990@code{DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS}.
2991@end defmac
2992
2993@defmac DWARF_REG_TO_UNWIND_COLUMN (@var{regno})
2994
2995Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
2996is different than the internal representation for unwind column.
2997Given a dwarf register, this macro should return the internal unwind
2998column number to use instead.
2999@end defmac
3000
3001@defmac DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (@var{regno})
3002
3003Define this macro if the target's representation for dwarf registers
3004used in .eh_frame or .debug_frame is different from that used in other
3005debug info sections.  Given a GCC hard register number, this macro
3006should return the .eh_frame register number.  The default is
3007@code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})}.
3008
3009@end defmac
3010
3011@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (@var{regno}, @var{for_eh})
3012
3013Define this macro to map register numbers held in the call frame info
3014that GCC has collected using @code{DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM} to those that
3015should be output in .debug_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is zero) and
3016.eh_frame (@code{@var{for_eh}} is nonzero).  The default is to
3017return @code{@var{regno}}.
3018
3019@end defmac
3020
3021@defmac REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3022
3023Define this macro if the target stores register values as
3024@code{_Unwind_Word} type in unwind context.  It should be defined if
3025target register size is larger than the size of @code{void *}.  The
3026default is to store register values as @code{void *} type.
3027
3028@end defmac
3029
3030@defmac ASSUME_EXTENDED_UNWIND_CONTEXT
3031
3032Define this macro to be 1 if the target always uses extended unwind
3033context with version, args_size and by_value fields.  If it is undefined,
3034it will be defined to 1 when @code{REG_VALUE_IN_UNWIND_CONTEXT} is
3035defined and 0 otherwise.
3036
3037@end defmac
3038
3039@defmac DWARF_LAZY_REGISTER_VALUE (@var{regno}, @var{value})
3040Define this macro if the target has pseudo DWARF registers whose
3041values need to be computed lazily on demand by the unwinder (such as when
3042referenced in a CFA expression).  The macro returns true if @var{regno}
3043is such a register and stores its value in @samp{*@var{value}} if so.
3044@end defmac
3045
3046@node Elimination
3047@subsection Eliminating Frame Pointer and Arg Pointer
3048
3049@c prevent bad page break with this line
3050This is about eliminating the frame pointer and arg pointer.
3051
3052@hook TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED
3053
3054@defmac ELIMINABLE_REGS
3055This macro specifies a table of register pairs used to eliminate
3056unneeded registers that point into the stack frame.
3057
3058The definition of this macro is a list of structure initializations, each
3059of which specifies an original and replacement register.
3060
3061On some machines, the position of the argument pointer is not known until
3062the compilation is completed.  In such a case, a separate hard register
3063must be used for the argument pointer.  This register can be eliminated by
3064replacing it with either the frame pointer or the argument pointer,
3065depending on whether or not the frame pointer has been eliminated.
3066
3067In this case, you might specify:
3068@smallexample
3069#define ELIMINABLE_REGS  \
3070@{@{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3071 @{ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM@}, \
3072 @{FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM@}@}
3073@end smallexample
3074
3075Note that the elimination of the argument pointer with the stack pointer is
3076specified first since that is the preferred elimination.
3077@end defmac
3078
3079@hook TARGET_CAN_ELIMINATE
3080
3081@defmac INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET (@var{from-reg}, @var{to-reg}, @var{offset-var})
3082This macro returns the initial difference between the specified pair
3083of registers.  The value would be computed from information
3084such as the result of @code{get_frame_size ()} and the tables of
3085registers @code{df_regs_ever_live_p} and @code{call_used_regs}.
3086@end defmac
3087
3088@hook TARGET_COMPUTE_FRAME_LAYOUT
3089
3090@node Stack Arguments
3091@subsection Passing Function Arguments on the Stack
3092@cindex arguments on stack
3093@cindex stack arguments
3094
3095The macros in this section control how arguments are passed
3096on the stack.  See the following section for other macros that
3097control passing certain arguments in registers.
3098
3099@hook TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
3100
3101@defmac PUSH_ARGS
3102A C expression.  If nonzero, push insns will be used to pass
3103outgoing arguments.
3104If the target machine does not have a push instruction, set it to zero.
3105That directs GCC to use an alternate strategy: to
3106allocate the entire argument block and then store the arguments into
3107it.  When @code{PUSH_ARGS} is nonzero, @code{PUSH_ROUNDING} must be defined too.
3108@end defmac
3109
3110@defmac PUSH_ARGS_REVERSED
3111A C expression.  If nonzero, function arguments will be evaluated from
3112last to first, rather than from first to last.  If this macro is not
3113defined, it defaults to @code{PUSH_ARGS} on targets where the stack
3114and args grow in opposite directions, and 0 otherwise.
3115@end defmac
3116
3117@defmac PUSH_ROUNDING (@var{npushed})
3118A C expression that is the number of bytes actually pushed onto the
3119stack when an instruction attempts to push @var{npushed} bytes.
3120
3121On some machines, the definition
3122
3123@smallexample
3124#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (BYTES)
3125@end smallexample
3126
3127@noindent
3128will suffice.  But on other machines, instructions that appear
3129to push one byte actually push two bytes in an attempt to maintain
3130alignment.  Then the definition should be
3131
3132@smallexample
3133#define PUSH_ROUNDING(BYTES) (((BYTES) + 1) & ~1)
3134@end smallexample
3135
3136If the value of this macro has a type, it should be an unsigned type.
3137@end defmac
3138
3139@findex outgoing_args_size
3140@findex crtl->outgoing_args_size
3141@defmac ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
3142A C expression.  If nonzero, the maximum amount of space required for outgoing arguments
3143will be computed and placed into
3144@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.  No space will be pushed
3145onto the stack for each call; instead, the function prologue should
3146increase the stack frame size by this amount.
3147
3148Setting both @code{PUSH_ARGS} and @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS}
3149is not proper.
3150@end defmac
3151
3152@defmac REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3153Define this macro if functions should assume that stack space has been
3154allocated for arguments even when their values are passed in
3155registers.
3156
3157The value of this macro is the size, in bytes, of the area reserved for
3158arguments passed in registers for the function represented by @var{fndecl},
3159which can be zero if GCC is calling a library function.
3160The argument @var{fndecl} can be the FUNCTION_DECL, or the type itself
3161of the function.
3162
3163This space can be allocated by the caller, or be a part of the
3164machine-dependent stack frame: @code{OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} says
3165which.
3166@end defmac
3167@c above is overfull.  not sure what to do.  --mew 5feb93  did
3168@c something, not sure if it looks good.  --mew 10feb93
3169
3170@defmac INCOMING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fndecl})
3171Like @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, but for incoming register arguments.
3172Define this macro if space guaranteed when compiling a function body
3173is different to space required when making a call, a situation that
3174can arise with K&R style function definitions.
3175@end defmac
3176
3177@defmac OUTGOING_REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE (@var{fntype})
3178Define this to a nonzero value if it is the responsibility of the
3179caller to allocate the area reserved for arguments passed in registers
3180when calling a function of @var{fntype}.  @var{fntype} may be NULL
3181if the function called is a library function.
3182
3183If @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, this macro controls
3184whether the space for these arguments counts in the value of
3185@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size}.
3186@end defmac
3187
3188@defmac STACK_PARMS_IN_REG_PARM_AREA
3189Define this macro if @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is defined, but the
3190stack parameters don't skip the area specified by it.
3191@c i changed this, makes more sens and it should have taken care of the
3192@c overfull.. not as specific, tho.  --mew 5feb93
3193
3194Normally, when a parameter is not passed in registers, it is placed on the
3195stack beyond the @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} area.  Defining this macro
3196suppresses this behavior and causes the parameter to be passed on the
3197stack in its natural location.
3198@end defmac
3199
3200@hook TARGET_RETURN_POPS_ARGS
3201
3202@defmac CALL_POPS_ARGS (@var{cum})
3203A C expression that should indicate the number of bytes a call sequence
3204pops off the stack.  It is added to the value of @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS}
3205when compiling a function call.
3206
3207@var{cum} is the variable in which all arguments to the called function
3208have been accumulated.
3209
3210On certain architectures, such as the SH5, a call trampoline is used
3211that pops certain registers off the stack, depending on the arguments
3212that have been passed to the function.  Since this is a property of the
3213call site, not of the called function, @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} is not
3214appropriate.
3215@end defmac
3216
3217@node Register Arguments
3218@subsection Passing Arguments in Registers
3219@cindex arguments in registers
3220@cindex registers arguments
3221
3222This section describes the macros which let you control how various
3223types of arguments are passed in registers or how they are arranged in
3224the stack.
3225
3226@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
3227
3228@hook TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
3229
3230@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
3231
3232@hook TARGET_USE_PSEUDO_PIC_REG
3233
3234@hook TARGET_INIT_PIC_REG
3235
3236@hook TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
3237
3238@hook TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
3239
3240@hook TARGET_CALLEE_COPIES
3241
3242@defmac CUMULATIVE_ARGS
3243A C type for declaring a variable that is used as the first argument
3244of @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} and other related values.  For some
3245target machines, the type @code{int} suffices and can hold the number
3246of bytes of argument so far.
3247
3248There is no need to record in @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} anything about the
3249arguments that have been passed on the stack.  The compiler has other
3250variables to keep track of that.  For target machines on which all
3251arguments are passed on the stack, there is no need to store anything in
3252@code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}; however, the data structure must exist and
3253should not be empty, so use @code{int}.
3254@end defmac
3255
3256@defmac OVERRIDE_ABI_FORMAT (@var{fndecl})
3257If defined, this macro is called before generating any code for a
3258function, but after the @var{cfun} descriptor for the function has been
3259created.  The back end may use this macro to update @var{cfun} to
3260reflect an ABI other than that which would normally be used by default.
3261If the compiler is generating code for a compiler-generated function,
3262@var{fndecl} may be @code{NULL}.
3263@end defmac
3264
3265@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname}, @var{fndecl}, @var{n_named_args})
3266A C statement (sans semicolon) for initializing the variable
3267@var{cum} for the state at the beginning of the argument list.  The
3268variable has type @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.  The value of @var{fntype}
3269is the tree node for the data type of the function which will receive
3270the args, or 0 if the args are to a compiler support library function.
3271For direct calls that are not libcalls, @var{fndecl} contain the
3272declaration node of the function.  @var{fndecl} is also set when
3273@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used to find arguments for the function
3274being compiled.  @var{n_named_args} is set to the number of named
3275arguments, including a structure return address if it is passed as a
3276parameter, when making a call.  When processing incoming arguments,
3277@var{n_named_args} is set to @minus{}1.
3278
3279When processing a call to a compiler support library function,
3280@var{libname} identifies which one.  It is a @code{symbol_ref} rtx which
3281contains the name of the function, as a string.  @var{libname} is 0 when
3282an ordinary C function call is being processed.  Thus, each time this
3283macro is called, either @var{libname} or @var{fntype} is nonzero, but
3284never both of them at once.
3285@end defmac
3286
3287@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_LIBCALL_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{mode}, @var{libname})
3288Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but only used for outgoing libcalls,
3289it gets a @code{MODE} argument instead of @var{fntype}, that would be
3290@code{NULL}.  @var{indirect} would always be zero, too.  If this macro
3291is not defined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (cum, NULL_RTX, libname,
32920)} is used instead.
3293@end defmac
3294
3295@defmac INIT_CUMULATIVE_INCOMING_ARGS (@var{cum}, @var{fntype}, @var{libname})
3296Like @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} but overrides it for the purposes of
3297finding the arguments for the function being compiled.  If this macro is
3298undefined, @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS} is used instead.
3299
3300The value passed for @var{libname} is always 0, since library routines
3301with special calling conventions are never compiled with GCC@.  The
3302argument @var{libname} exists for symmetry with
3303@code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}.
3304@c could use "this macro" in place of @code{INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS}, maybe.
3305@c --mew 5feb93   i switched the order of the sentences.  --mew 10feb93
3306@end defmac
3307
3308@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE
3309
3310@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_OFFSET
3311
3312@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_PADDING
3313
3314@defmac PAD_VARARGS_DOWN
3315If defined, a C expression which determines whether the default
3316implementation of va_arg will attempt to pad down before reading the
3317next argument, if that argument is smaller than its aligned space as
3318controlled by @code{PARM_BOUNDARY}.  If this macro is not defined, all such
3319arguments are padded down if @code{BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN} is true.
3320@end defmac
3321
3322@defmac BLOCK_REG_PADDING (@var{mode}, @var{type}, @var{first})
3323Specify padding for the last element of a block move between registers and
3324memory.  @var{first} is nonzero if this is the only element.  Defining this
3325macro allows better control of register function parameters on big-endian
3326machines, without using @code{PARALLEL} rtl.  In particular,
3327@code{MUST_PASS_IN_STACK} need not test padding and mode of types in
3328registers, as there is no longer a "wrong" part of a register;  For example,
3329a three byte aggregate may be passed in the high part of a register if so
3330required.
3331@end defmac
3332
3333@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_BOUNDARY
3334
3335@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
3336
3337@defmac FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3338A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3339register in which function arguments are sometimes passed.  This does
3340@emph{not} include implicit arguments such as the static chain and
3341the structure-value address.  On many machines, no registers can be
3342used for this purpose since all function arguments are pushed on the
3343stack.
3344@end defmac
3345
3346@hook TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
3347
3348@hook TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
3349
3350@hook TARGET_ENUM_VA_LIST_P
3351
3352@hook TARGET_FN_ABI_VA_LIST
3353
3354@hook TARGET_CANONICAL_VA_LIST_TYPE
3355
3356@hook TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
3357
3358@hook TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE
3359
3360@hook TARGET_REF_MAY_ALIAS_ERRNO
3361
3362@hook TARGET_TRANSLATE_MODE_ATTRIBUTE
3363
3364@hook TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3365
3366@hook TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3367
3368@hook TARGET_COMPATIBLE_VECTOR_TYPES_P
3369
3370@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE
3371
3372@hook TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3373
3374@hook TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
3375
3376@hook TARGET_FLOATN_MODE
3377
3378@hook TARGET_FLOATN_BUILTIN_P
3379
3380@hook TARGET_SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES_FOR_MODE_P
3381
3382@node Scalar Return
3383@subsection How Scalar Function Values Are Returned
3384@cindex return values in registers
3385@cindex values, returned by functions
3386@cindex scalars, returned as values
3387
3388This section discusses the macros that control returning scalars as
3389values---values that can fit in registers.
3390
3391@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
3392
3393@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE (@var{valtype}, @var{func})
3394This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} for
3395a new target instead.
3396@end defmac
3397
3398@defmac LIBCALL_VALUE (@var{mode})
3399A C expression to create an RTX representing the place where a library
3400function returns a value of mode @var{mode}.
3401
3402Note that ``library function'' in this context means a compiler
3403support routine, used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known
3404specially by the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being
3405compiled.
3406@end defmac
3407
3408@hook TARGET_LIBCALL_VALUE
3409
3410@defmac FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P (@var{regno})
3411A C expression that is nonzero if @var{regno} is the number of a hard
3412register in which the values of called function may come back.
3413
3414A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
3415second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be
3416recognized by this macro.  So for most machines, this definition
3417suffices:
3418
3419@smallexample
3420#define FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P(N) ((N) == 0)
3421@end smallexample
3422
3423If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called
3424function use different registers for the return value, this macro
3425should recognize only the caller's register numbers.
3426
3427This macro has been deprecated.  Use @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P}
3428for a new target instead.
3429@end defmac
3430
3431@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P
3432
3433@defmac APPLY_RESULT_SIZE
3434Define this macro if @samp{untyped_call} and @samp{untyped_return}
3435need more space than is implied by @code{FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P} for
3436saving and restoring an arbitrary return value.
3437@end defmac
3438
3439@hook TARGET_OMIT_STRUCT_RETURN_REG
3440
3441@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MSB
3442
3443@node Aggregate Return
3444@subsection How Large Values Are Returned
3445@cindex aggregates as return values
3446@cindex large return values
3447@cindex returning aggregate values
3448@cindex structure value address
3449
3450When a function value's mode is @code{BLKmode} (and in some other
3451cases), the value is not returned according to
3452@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} (@pxref{Scalar Return}).  Instead, the
3453caller passes the address of a block of memory in which the value
3454should be stored.  This address is called the @dfn{structure value
3455address}.
3456
3457This section describes how to control returning structure values in
3458memory.
3459
3460@hook TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
3461
3462@defmac DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN
3463Define this macro to be 1 if all structure and union return values must be
3464in memory.  Since this results in slower code, this should be defined
3465only if needed for compatibility with other compilers or with an ABI@.
3466If you define this macro to be 0, then the conventions used for structure
3467and union return values are decided by the @code{TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY}
3468target hook.
3469
3470If not defined, this defaults to the value 1.
3471@end defmac
3472
3473@hook TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
3474
3475@defmac PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
3476Define this macro if the usual system convention on the target machine
3477for returning structures and unions is for the called function to return
3478the address of a static variable containing the value.
3479
3480Do not define this if the usual system convention is for the caller to
3481pass an address to the subroutine.
3482
3483This macro has effect in @option{-fpcc-struct-return} mode, but it does
3484nothing when you use @option{-freg-struct-return} mode.
3485@end defmac
3486
3487@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_RESULT_MODE
3488
3489@hook TARGET_GET_RAW_ARG_MODE
3490
3491@hook TARGET_EMPTY_RECORD_P
3492
3493@hook TARGET_WARN_PARAMETER_PASSING_ABI
3494
3495@node Caller Saves
3496@subsection Caller-Saves Register Allocation
3497
3498If you enable it, GCC can save registers around function calls.  This
3499makes it possible to use call-clobbered registers to hold variables that
3500must live across calls.
3501
3502@defmac HARD_REGNO_CALLER_SAVE_MODE (@var{regno}, @var{nregs})
3503A C expression specifying which mode is required for saving @var{nregs}
3504of a pseudo-register in call-clobbered hard register @var{regno}.  If
3505@var{regno} is unsuitable for caller save, @code{VOIDmode} should be
3506returned.  For most machines this macro need not be defined since GCC
3507will select the smallest suitable mode.
3508@end defmac
3509
3510@node Function Entry
3511@subsection Function Entry and Exit
3512@cindex function entry and exit
3513@cindex prologue
3514@cindex epilogue
3515
3516This section describes the macros that output function entry
3517(@dfn{prologue}) and exit (@dfn{epilogue}) code.
3518
3519@hook TARGET_ASM_PRINT_PATCHABLE_FUNCTION_ENTRY
3520
3521@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
3522
3523@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
3524
3525@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_BEGIN_EPILOGUE
3526
3527@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
3528
3529@itemize @bullet
3530@item
3531@findex pretend_args_size
3532@findex crtl->args.pretend_args_size
3533A region of @code{crtl->args.pretend_args_size} bytes of
3534uninitialized space just underneath the first argument arriving on the
3535stack.  (This may not be at the very start of the allocated stack region
3536if the calling sequence has pushed anything else since pushing the stack
3537arguments.  But usually, on such machines, nothing else has been pushed
3538yet, because the function prologue itself does all the pushing.)  This
3539region is used on machines where an argument may be passed partly in
3540registers and partly in memory, and, in some cases to support the
3541features in @code{<stdarg.h>}.
3542
3543@item
3544An area of memory used to save certain registers used by the function.
3545The size of this area, which may also include space for such things as
3546the return address and pointers to previous stack frames, is
3547machine-specific and usually depends on which registers have been used
3548in the function.  Machines with register windows often do not require
3549a save area.
3550
3551@item
3552A region of at least @var{size} bytes, possibly rounded up to an allocation
3553boundary, to contain the local variables of the function.  On some machines,
3554this region and the save area may occur in the opposite order, with the
3555save area closer to the top of the stack.
3556
3557@item
3558@cindex @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} and stack frames
3559Optionally, when @code{ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS} is defined, a region of
3560@code{crtl->outgoing_args_size} bytes to be used for outgoing
3561argument lists of the function.  @xref{Stack Arguments}.
3562@end itemize
3563
3564@defmac EXIT_IGNORE_STACK
3565Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if the return
3566instruction or the function epilogue ignores the value of the stack
3567pointer; in other words, if it is safe to delete an instruction to
3568adjust the stack pointer before a return from the function.  The
3569default is 0.
3570
3571Note that this macro's value is relevant only for functions for which
3572frame pointers are maintained.  It is never safe to delete a final
3573stack adjustment in a function that has no frame pointer, and the
3574compiler knows this regardless of @code{EXIT_IGNORE_STACK}.
3575@end defmac
3576
3577@defmac EPILOGUE_USES (@var{regno})
3578Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3579used by the epilogue or the @samp{return} pattern.  The stack and frame
3580pointer registers are already assumed to be used as needed.
3581@end defmac
3582
3583@defmac EH_USES (@var{regno})
3584Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero for registers that are
3585used by the exception handling mechanism, and so should be considered live
3586on entry to an exception edge.
3587@end defmac
3588
3589@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3590
3591@hook TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
3592
3593@node Profiling
3594@subsection Generating Code for Profiling
3595@cindex profiling, code generation
3596
3597These macros will help you generate code for profiling.
3598
3599@defmac FUNCTION_PROFILER (@var{file}, @var{labelno})
3600A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some
3601assembler code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount}.
3602
3603@findex mcount
3604The details of how @code{mcount} expects to be called are determined by
3605your operating system environment, not by GCC@.  To figure them out,
3606compile a small program for profiling using the system's installed C
3607compiler and look at the assembler code that results.
3608
3609Older implementations of @code{mcount} expect the address of a counter
3610variable to be loaded into some register.  The name of this variable is
3611@samp{LP} followed by the number @var{labelno}, so you would generate
3612the name using @samp{LP%d} in a @code{fprintf}.
3613@end defmac
3614
3615@defmac PROFILE_HOOK
3616A C statement or compound statement to output to @var{file} some assembly
3617code to call the profiling subroutine @code{mcount} even the target does
3618not support profiling.
3619@end defmac
3620
3621@defmac NO_PROFILE_COUNTERS
3622Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if the
3623@code{mcount} subroutine on your system does not need a counter variable
3624allocated for each function.  This is true for almost all modern
3625implementations.  If you define this macro, you must not use the
3626@var{labelno} argument to @code{FUNCTION_PROFILER}.
3627@end defmac
3628
3629@defmac PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
3630Define this macro if the code for function profiling should come before
3631the function prologue.  Normally, the profiling code comes after.
3632@end defmac
3633
3634@hook TARGET_KEEP_LEAF_WHEN_PROFILED
3635
3636@node Tail Calls
3637@subsection Permitting tail calls
3638@cindex tail calls
3639
3640@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
3641
3642@hook TARGET_EXTRA_LIVE_ON_ENTRY
3643
3644@hook TARGET_SET_UP_BY_PROLOGUE
3645
3646@hook TARGET_WARN_FUNC_RETURN
3647
3648@node Shrink-wrapping separate components
3649@subsection Shrink-wrapping separate components
3650@cindex shrink-wrapping separate components
3651
3652The prologue may perform a variety of target dependent tasks such as
3653saving callee-saved registers, saving the return address, aligning the
3654stack, creating a stack frame, initializing the PIC register, setting
3655up the static chain, etc.
3656
3657On some targets some of these tasks may be independent of others and
3658thus may be shrink-wrapped separately.  These independent tasks are
3659referred to as components and are handled generically by the target
3660independent parts of GCC.
3661
3662Using the following hooks those prologue or epilogue components can be
3663shrink-wrapped separately, so that the initialization (and possibly
3664teardown) those components do is not done as frequently on execution
3665paths where this would unnecessary.
3666
3667What exactly those components are is up to the target code; the generic
3668code treats them abstractly, as a bit in an @code{sbitmap}.  These
3669@code{sbitmap}s are allocated by the @code{shrink_wrap.get_separate_components}
3670and @code{shrink_wrap.components_for_bb} hooks, and deallocated by the
3671generic code.
3672
3673@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_GET_SEPARATE_COMPONENTS
3674
3675@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_COMPONENTS_FOR_BB
3676
3677@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_DISQUALIFY_COMPONENTS
3678
3679@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_PROLOGUE_COMPONENTS
3680
3681@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_EMIT_EPILOGUE_COMPONENTS
3682
3683@hook TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_SET_HANDLED_COMPONENTS
3684
3685@node Stack Smashing Protection
3686@subsection Stack smashing protection
3687@cindex stack smashing protection
3688
3689@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_GUARD
3690
3691@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_FAIL
3692
3693@hook TARGET_STACK_PROTECT_RUNTIME_ENABLED_P
3694
3695@hook TARGET_SUPPORTS_SPLIT_STACK
3696
3697@hook TARGET_GET_VALID_OPTION_VALUES
3698
3699@node Miscellaneous Register Hooks
3700@subsection Miscellaneous register hooks
3701@cindex miscellaneous register hooks
3702
3703@hook TARGET_CALL_FUSAGE_CONTAINS_NON_CALLEE_CLOBBERS
3704
3705@node Varargs
3706@section Implementing the Varargs Macros
3707@cindex varargs implementation
3708
3709GCC comes with an implementation of @code{<varargs.h>} and
3710@code{<stdarg.h>} that work without change on machines that pass arguments
3711on the stack.  Other machines require their own implementations of
3712varargs, and the two machine independent header files must have
3713conditionals to include it.
3714
3715ISO @code{<stdarg.h>} differs from traditional @code{<varargs.h>} mainly in
3716the calling convention for @code{va_start}.  The traditional
3717implementation takes just one argument, which is the variable in which
3718to store the argument pointer.  The ISO implementation of
3719@code{va_start} takes an additional second argument.  The user is
3720supposed to write the last named argument of the function here.
3721
3722However, @code{va_start} should not use this argument.  The way to find
3723the end of the named arguments is with the built-in functions described
3724below.
3725
3726@defmac __builtin_saveregs ()
3727Use this built-in function to save the argument registers in memory so
3728that the varargs mechanism can access them.  Both ISO and traditional
3729versions of @code{va_start} must use @code{__builtin_saveregs}, unless
3730you use @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} (see below) instead.
3731
3732On some machines, @code{__builtin_saveregs} is open-coded under the
3733control of the target hook @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}.  On
3734other machines, it calls a routine written in assembler language,
3735found in @file{libgcc2.c}.
3736
3737Code generated for the call to @code{__builtin_saveregs} appears at the
3738beginning of the function, as opposed to where the call to
3739@code{__builtin_saveregs} is written, regardless of what the code is.
3740This is because the registers must be saved before the function starts
3741to use them for its own purposes.
3742@c i rewrote the first sentence above to fix an overfull hbox. --mew
3743@c 10feb93
3744@end defmac
3745
3746@defmac __builtin_next_arg (@var{lastarg})
3747This builtin returns the address of the first anonymous stack
3748argument, as type @code{void *}.  If @code{ARGS_GROW_DOWNWARD}, it
3749returns the address of the location above the first anonymous stack
3750argument.  Use it in @code{va_start} to initialize the pointer for
3751fetching arguments from the stack.  Also use it in @code{va_start} to
3752verify that the second parameter @var{lastarg} is the last named argument
3753of the current function.
3754@end defmac
3755
3756@defmac __builtin_classify_type (@var{object})
3757Since each machine has its own conventions for which data types are
3758passed in which kind of register, your implementation of @code{va_arg}
3759has to embody these conventions.  The easiest way to categorize the
3760specified data type is to use @code{__builtin_classify_type} together
3761with @code{sizeof} and @code{__alignof__}.
3762
3763@code{__builtin_classify_type} ignores the value of @var{object},
3764considering only its data type.  It returns an integer describing what
3765kind of type that is---integer, floating, pointer, structure, and so on.
3766
3767The file @file{typeclass.h} defines an enumeration that you can use to
3768interpret the values of @code{__builtin_classify_type}.
3769@end defmac
3770
3771These machine description macros help implement varargs:
3772
3773@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS
3774
3775@hook TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
3776
3777@hook TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
3778
3779@hook TARGET_CALL_ARGS
3780
3781@hook TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS
3782
3783@hook TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
3784
3785@hook TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3786
3787@hook TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
3788
3789@hook TARGET_LOAD_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3790
3791@hook TARGET_STORE_RETURNED_BOUNDS
3792
3793@node Trampolines
3794@section Support for Nested Functions
3795@cindex support for nested functions
3796@cindex trampolines for nested functions
3797@cindex descriptors for nested functions
3798@cindex nested functions, support for
3799
3800Taking the address of a nested function requires special compiler
3801handling to ensure that the static chain register is loaded when
3802the function is invoked via an indirect call.
3803
3804GCC has traditionally supported nested functions by creating an
3805executable @dfn{trampoline} at run time when the address of a nested
3806function is taken.  This is a small piece of code which normally
3807resides on the stack, in the stack frame of the containing function.
3808The trampoline loads the static chain register and then jumps to the
3809real address of the nested function.
3810
3811The use of trampolines requires an executable stack, which is a
3812security risk.  To avoid this problem, GCC also supports another
3813strategy: using descriptors for nested functions.  Under this model,
3814taking the address of a nested function results in a pointer to a
3815non-executable function descriptor object.  Initializing the static chain
3816from the descriptor is handled at indirect call sites.
3817
3818On some targets, including HPPA and IA-64, function descriptors may be
3819mandated by the ABI or be otherwise handled in a target-specific way
3820by the back end in its code generation strategy for indirect calls.
3821GCC also provides its own generic descriptor implementation to support the
3822@option{-fno-trampolines} option.  In this case runtime detection of
3823function descriptors at indirect call sites relies on descriptor
3824pointers being tagged with a bit that is never set in bare function
3825addresses.  Since GCC's generic function descriptors are
3826not ABI-compliant, this option is typically used only on a
3827per-language basis (notably by Ada) or when it can otherwise be
3828applied to the whole program.
3829
3830Define the following hook if your backend either implements ABI-specified
3831descriptor support, or can use GCC's generic descriptor implementation
3832for nested functions.
3833
3834@hook TARGET_CUSTOM_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTORS
3835
3836The following macros tell GCC how to generate code to allocate and
3837initialize an executable trampoline.  You can also use this interface
3838if your back end needs to create ABI-specified non-executable descriptors; in
3839this case the "trampoline" created is the descriptor containing data only.
3840
3841The instructions in an executable trampoline must do two things: load
3842a constant address into the static chain register, and jump to the real
3843address of the nested function.  On CISC machines such as the m68k,
3844this requires two instructions, a move immediate and a jump.  Then the
3845two addresses exist in the trampoline as word-long immediate operands.
3846On RISC machines, it is often necessary to load each address into a
3847register in two parts.  Then pieces of each address form separate
3848immediate operands.
3849
3850The code generated to initialize the trampoline must store the variable
3851parts---the static chain value and the function address---into the
3852immediate operands of the instructions.  On a CISC machine, this is
3853simply a matter of copying each address to a memory reference at the
3854proper offset from the start of the trampoline.  On a RISC machine, it
3855may be necessary to take out pieces of the address and store them
3856separately.
3857
3858@hook TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
3859
3860@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SECTION
3861Return the section into which the trampoline template is to be placed
3862(@pxref{Sections}).  The default value is @code{readonly_data_section}.
3863@end defmac
3864
3865@defmac TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
3866A C expression for the size in bytes of the trampoline, as an integer.
3867@end defmac
3868
3869@defmac TRAMPOLINE_ALIGNMENT
3870Alignment required for trampolines, in bits.
3871
3872If you don't define this macro, the value of @code{FUNCTION_ALIGNMENT}
3873is used for aligning trampolines.
3874@end defmac
3875
3876@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
3877
3878@hook TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_ADJUST_ADDRESS
3879
3880Implementing trampolines is difficult on many machines because they have
3881separate instruction and data caches.  Writing into a stack location
3882fails to clear the memory in the instruction cache, so when the program
3883jumps to that location, it executes the old contents.
3884
3885Here are two possible solutions.  One is to clear the relevant parts of
3886the instruction cache whenever a trampoline is set up.  The other is to
3887make all trampolines identical, by having them jump to a standard
3888subroutine.  The former technique makes trampoline execution faster; the
3889latter makes initialization faster.
3890
3891To clear the instruction cache when a trampoline is initialized, define
3892the following macro.
3893
3894@defmac CLEAR_INSN_CACHE (@var{beg}, @var{end})
3895If defined, expands to a C expression clearing the @emph{instruction
3896cache} in the specified interval.  The definition of this macro would
3897typically be a series of @code{asm} statements.  Both @var{beg} and
3898@var{end} are both pointer expressions.
3899@end defmac
3900
3901To use a standard subroutine, define the following macro.  In addition,
3902you must make sure that the instructions in a trampoline fill an entire
3903cache line with identical instructions, or else ensure that the
3904beginning of the trampoline code is always aligned at the same point in
3905its cache line.  Look in @file{m68k.h} as a guide.
3906
3907@defmac TRANSFER_FROM_TRAMPOLINE
3908Define this macro if trampolines need a special subroutine to do their
3909work.  The macro should expand to a series of @code{asm} statements
3910which will be compiled with GCC@.  They go in a library function named
3911@code{__transfer_from_trampoline}.
3912
3913If you need to avoid executing the ordinary prologue code of a compiled
3914C function when you jump to the subroutine, you can do so by placing a
3915special label of your own in the assembler code.  Use one @code{asm}
3916statement to generate an assembler label, and another to make the label
3917global.  Then trampolines can use that label to jump directly to your
3918special assembler code.
3919@end defmac
3920
3921@node Library Calls
3922@section Implicit Calls to Library Routines
3923@cindex library subroutine names
3924@cindex @file{libgcc.a}
3925
3926@c prevent bad page break with this line
3927Here is an explanation of implicit calls to library routines.
3928
3929@defmac DECLARE_LIBRARY_RENAMES
3930This macro, if defined, should expand to a piece of C code that will get
3931expanded when compiling functions for libgcc.a.  It can be used to
3932provide alternate names for GCC's internal library functions if there
3933are ABI-mandated names that the compiler should provide.
3934@end defmac
3935
3936@findex set_optab_libfunc
3937@findex init_one_libfunc
3938@hook TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
3939
3940@hook TARGET_LIBFUNC_GNU_PREFIX
3941
3942@defmac FLOAT_LIB_COMPARE_RETURNS_BOOL (@var{mode}, @var{comparison})
3943This macro should return @code{true} if the library routine that
3944implements the floating point comparison operator @var{comparison} in
3945mode @var{mode} will return a boolean, and @var{false} if it will
3946return a tristate.
3947
3948GCC's own floating point libraries return tristates from the
3949comparison operators, so the default returns false always.  Most ports
3950don't need to define this macro.
3951@end defmac
3952
3953@defmac TARGET_LIB_INT_CMP_BIASED
3954This macro should evaluate to @code{true} if the integer comparison
3955functions (like @code{__cmpdi2}) return 0 to indicate that the first
3956operand is smaller than the second, 1 to indicate that they are equal,
3957and 2 to indicate that the first operand is greater than the second.
3958If this macro evaluates to @code{false} the comparison functions return
3959@minus{}1, 0, and 1 instead of 0, 1, and 2.  If the target uses the routines
3960in @file{libgcc.a}, you do not need to define this macro.
3961@end defmac
3962
3963@defmac TARGET_HAS_NO_HW_DIVIDE
3964This macro should be defined if the target has no hardware divide
3965instructions.  If this macro is defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3966make use of simple logical and arithmetic operations for 64-bit
3967division.  If the macro is not defined, GCC will use an algorithm which
3968make use of a 64-bit by 32-bit divide primitive.
3969@end defmac
3970
3971@cindex @code{EDOM}, implicit usage
3972@findex matherr
3973@defmac TARGET_EDOM
3974The value of @code{EDOM} on the target machine, as a C integer constant
3975expression.  If you don't define this macro, GCC does not attempt to
3976deposit the value of @code{EDOM} into @code{errno} directly.  Look in
3977@file{/usr/include/errno.h} to find the value of @code{EDOM} on your
3978system.
3979
3980If you do not define @code{TARGET_EDOM}, then compiled code reports
3981domain errors by calling the library function and letting it report the
3982error.  If mathematical functions on your system use @code{matherr} when
3983there is an error, then you should leave @code{TARGET_EDOM} undefined so
3984that @code{matherr} is used normally.
3985@end defmac
3986
3987@cindex @code{errno}, implicit usage
3988@defmac GEN_ERRNO_RTX
3989Define this macro as a C expression to create an rtl expression that
3990refers to the global ``variable'' @code{errno}.  (On certain systems,
3991@code{errno} may not actually be a variable.)  If you don't define this
3992macro, a reasonable default is used.
3993@end defmac
3994
3995@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FUNCTION
3996
3997@hook TARGET_LIBC_HAS_FAST_FUNCTION
3998
3999@defmac NEXT_OBJC_RUNTIME
4000Set this macro to 1 to use the "NeXT" Objective-C message sending conventions
4001by default.  This calling convention involves passing the object, the selector
4002and the method arguments all at once to the method-lookup library function.
4003This is the usual setting when targeting Darwin/Mac OS X systems, which have
4004the NeXT runtime installed.
4005
4006If the macro is set to 0, the "GNU" Objective-C message sending convention
4007will be used by default.  This convention passes just the object and the
4008selector to the method-lookup function, which returns a pointer to the method.
4009
4010In either case, it remains possible to select code-generation for the alternate
4011scheme, by means of compiler command line switches.
4012@end defmac
4013
4014@node Addressing Modes
4015@section Addressing Modes
4016@cindex addressing modes
4017
4018@c prevent bad page break with this line
4019This is about addressing modes.
4020
4021@defmac HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT
4022@defmacx HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT
4023@defmacx HAVE_POST_INCREMENT
4024@defmacx HAVE_POST_DECREMENT
4025A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre-increment,
4026pre-decrement, post-increment, or post-decrement addressing respectively.
4027@end defmac
4028
4029@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_DISP
4030@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_DISP
4031A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4032post-address side-effect generation involving constants other than
4033the size of the memory operand.
4034@end defmac
4035
4036@defmac HAVE_PRE_MODIFY_REG
4037@defmacx HAVE_POST_MODIFY_REG
4038A C expression that is nonzero if the machine supports pre- or
4039post-address side-effect generation involving a register displacement.
4040@end defmac
4041
4042@defmac CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (@var{x})
4043A C expression that is 1 if the RTX @var{x} is a constant which
4044is a valid address.  On most machines the default definition of
4045@code{(CONSTANT_P (@var{x}) && GET_CODE (@var{x}) != CONST_DOUBLE)}
4046is acceptable, but a few machines are more restrictive as to which
4047constant addresses are supported.
4048@end defmac
4049
4050@defmac CONSTANT_P (@var{x})
4051@code{CONSTANT_P}, which is defined by target-independent code,
4052accepts integer-values expressions whose values are not explicitly
4053known, such as @code{symbol_ref}, @code{label_ref}, and @code{high}
4054expressions and @code{const} arithmetic expressions, in addition to
4055@code{const_int} and @code{const_double} expressions.
4056@end defmac
4057
4058@defmac MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS
4059A number, the maximum number of registers that can appear in a valid
4060memory address.  Note that it is up to you to specify a value equal to
4061the maximum number that @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} would ever
4062accept.
4063@end defmac
4064
4065@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
4066
4067@defmac TARGET_MEM_CONSTRAINT
4068A single character to be used instead of the default @code{'m'}
4069character for general memory addresses.  This defines the constraint
4070letter which matches the memory addresses accepted by
4071@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P}.  Define this macro if you want to
4072support new address formats in your back end without changing the
4073semantics of the @code{'m'} constraint.  This is necessary in order to
4074preserve functionality of inline assembly constructs using the
4075@code{'m'} constraint.
4076@end defmac
4077
4078@defmac FIND_BASE_TERM (@var{x})
4079A C expression to determine the base term of address @var{x},
4080or to provide a simplified version of @var{x} from which @file{alias.c}
4081can easily find the base term.  This macro is used in only two places:
4082@code{find_base_value} and @code{find_base_term} in @file{alias.c}.
4083
4084It is always safe for this macro to not be defined.  It exists so
4085that alias analysis can understand machine-dependent addresses.
4086
4087The typical use of this macro is to handle addresses containing
4088a label_ref or symbol_ref within an UNSPEC@.
4089@end defmac
4090
4091@hook TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4092
4093@defmac LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS (@var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{opnum}, @var{type}, @var{ind_levels}, @var{win})
4094A C compound statement that attempts to replace @var{x}, which is an address
4095that needs reloading, with a valid memory address for an operand of mode
4096@var{mode}.  @var{win} will be a C statement label elsewhere in the code.
4097It is not necessary to define this macro, but it might be useful for
4098performance reasons.
4099
4100For example, on the i386, it is sometimes possible to use a single
4101reload register instead of two by reloading a sum of two pseudo
4102registers into a register.  On the other hand, for number of RISC
4103processors offsets are limited so that often an intermediate address
4104needs to be generated in order to address a stack slot.  By defining
4105@code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} appropriately, the intermediate addresses
4106generated for adjacent some stack slots can be made identical, and thus
4107be shared.
4108
4109@emph{Note}: This macro should be used with caution.  It is necessary
4110to know something of how reload works in order to effectively use this,
4111and it is quite easy to produce macros that build in too much knowledge
4112of reload internals.
4113
4114@emph{Note}: This macro must be able to reload an address created by a
4115previous invocation of this macro.  If it fails to handle such addresses
4116then the compiler may generate incorrect code or abort.
4117
4118@findex push_reload
4119The macro definition should use @code{push_reload} to indicate parts that
4120need reloading; @var{opnum}, @var{type} and @var{ind_levels} are usually
4121suitable to be passed unaltered to @code{push_reload}.
4122
4123The code generated by this macro must not alter the substructure of
4124@var{x}.  If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it
4125should assign @var{x} (which will always be a C variable) a new value.
4126This also applies to parts that you change indirectly by calling
4127@code{push_reload}.
4128
4129@findex strict_memory_address_p
4130The macro definition may use @code{strict_memory_address_p} to test if
4131the address has become legitimate.
4132
4133@findex copy_rtx
4134If you want to change only a part of @var{x}, one standard way of doing
4135this is to use @code{copy_rtx}.  Note, however, that it unshares only a
4136single level of rtl.  Thus, if the part to be changed is not at the
4137top level, you'll need to replace first the top level.
4138It is not necessary for this macro to come up with a legitimate
4139address;  but often a machine-dependent strategy can generate better code.
4140@end defmac
4141
4142@hook TARGET_MODE_DEPENDENT_ADDRESS_P
4143
4144@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
4145
4146@hook TARGET_DELEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
4147
4148@hook TARGET_CONST_NOT_OK_FOR_DEBUG_P
4149
4150@hook TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
4151
4152@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_CONSTANT_P
4153
4154@hook TARGET_USE_BLOCKS_FOR_DECL_P
4155
4156@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_RECIPROCAL
4157
4158@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MASK_FOR_LOAD
4159
4160@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZATION_COST
4161
4162@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT
4163
4164@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT_REACHABLE
4165
4166@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_VEC_PERM_CONST
4167
4168@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4169
4170@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_MD_VECTORIZED_FUNCTION
4171
4172@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SUPPORT_VECTOR_MISALIGNMENT
4173
4174@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE
4175
4176@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_SPLIT_REDUCTION
4177
4178@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_AUTOVECTORIZE_VECTOR_MODES
4179
4180@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE
4181
4182@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_GET_MASK_MODE
4183
4184@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_EMPTY_MASK_IS_EXPENSIVE
4185
4186@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST
4187
4188@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_ADD_STMT_COST
4189
4190@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_FINISH_COST
4191
4192@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_DESTROY_COST_DATA
4193
4194@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_GATHER
4195
4196@hook TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_SCATTER
4197
4198@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_COMPUTE_VECSIZE_AND_SIMDLEN
4199
4200@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_ADJUST
4201
4202@hook TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_USABLE
4203
4204@hook TARGET_SIMT_VF
4205
4206@hook TARGET_OMP_DEVICE_KIND_ARCH_ISA
4207
4208@hook TARGET_GOACC_VALIDATE_DIMS
4209
4210@hook TARGET_GOACC_DIM_LIMIT
4211
4212@hook TARGET_GOACC_FORK_JOIN
4213
4214@hook TARGET_GOACC_REDUCTION
4215
4216@hook TARGET_PREFERRED_ELSE_VALUE
4217
4218@node Anchored Addresses
4219@section Anchored Addresses
4220@cindex anchored addresses
4221@cindex @option{-fsection-anchors}
4222
4223GCC usually addresses every static object as a separate entity.
4224For example, if we have:
4225
4226@smallexample
4227static int a, b, c;
4228int foo (void) @{ return a + b + c; @}
4229@end smallexample
4230
4231the code for @code{foo} will usually calculate three separate symbolic
4232addresses: those of @code{a}, @code{b} and @code{c}.  On some targets,
4233it would be better to calculate just one symbolic address and access
4234the three variables relative to it.  The equivalent pseudocode would
4235be something like:
4236
4237@smallexample
4238int foo (void)
4239@{
4240  register int *xr = &x;
4241  return xr[&a - &x] + xr[&b - &x] + xr[&c - &x];
4242@}
4243@end smallexample
4244
4245(which isn't valid C).  We refer to shared addresses like @code{x} as
4246``section anchors''.  Their use is controlled by @option{-fsection-anchors}.
4247
4248The hooks below describe the target properties that GCC needs to know
4249in order to make effective use of section anchors.  It won't use
4250section anchors at all unless either @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}
4251or @code{TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET} is set to a nonzero value.
4252
4253@hook TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4254
4255@hook TARGET_MAX_ANCHOR_OFFSET
4256
4257@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ANCHOR
4258
4259@hook TARGET_USE_ANCHORS_FOR_SYMBOL_P
4260
4261@node Condition Code
4262@section Condition Code Status
4263@cindex condition code status
4264
4265The macros in this section can be split in two families, according to the
4266two ways of representing condition codes in GCC.
4267
4268The first representation is the so called @code{(cc0)} representation
4269(@pxref{Jump Patterns}), where all instructions can have an implicit
4270clobber of the condition codes.  The second is the condition code
4271register representation, which provides better schedulability for
4272architectures that do have a condition code register, but on which
4273most instructions do not affect it.  The latter category includes
4274most RISC machines.
4275
4276The implicit clobbering poses a strong restriction on the placement of
4277the definition and use of the condition code.  In the past the definition
4278and use were always adjacent.  However, recent changes to support trapping
4279arithmatic may result in the definition and user being in different blocks.
4280Thus, there may be a @code{NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK} between them.  Additionally,
4281the definition may be the source of exception handling edges.
4282
4283These restrictions can prevent important
4284optimizations on some machines.  For example, on the IBM RS/6000, there
4285is a delay for taken branches unless the condition code register is set
4286three instructions earlier than the conditional branch.  The instruction
4287scheduler cannot perform this optimization if it is not permitted to
4288separate the definition and use of the condition code register.
4289
4290For this reason, it is possible and suggested to use a register to
4291represent the condition code for new ports.  If there is a specific
4292condition code register in the machine, use a hard register.  If the
4293condition code or comparison result can be placed in any general register,
4294or if there are multiple condition registers, use a pseudo register.
4295Registers used to store the condition code value will usually have a mode
4296that is in class @code{MODE_CC}.
4297
4298Alternatively, you can use @code{BImode} if the comparison operator is
4299specified already in the compare instruction.  In this case, you are not
4300interested in most macros in this section.
4301
4302@menu
4303* CC0 Condition Codes::      Old style representation of condition codes.
4304* MODE_CC Condition Codes::  Modern representation of condition codes.
4305@end menu
4306
4307@node CC0 Condition Codes
4308@subsection Representation of condition codes using @code{(cc0)}
4309@findex cc0
4310
4311@findex cc_status
4312The file @file{conditions.h} defines a variable @code{cc_status} to
4313describe how the condition code was computed (in case the interpretation of
4314the condition code depends on the instruction that it was set by).  This
4315variable contains the RTL expressions on which the condition code is
4316currently based, and several standard flags.
4317
4318Sometimes additional machine-specific flags must be defined in the machine
4319description header file.  It can also add additional machine-specific
4320information by defining @code{CC_STATUS_MDEP}.
4321
4322@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP
4323C code for a data type which is used for declaring the @code{mdep}
4324component of @code{cc_status}.  It defaults to @code{int}.
4325
4326This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4327@end defmac
4328
4329@defmac CC_STATUS_MDEP_INIT
4330A C expression to initialize the @code{mdep} field to ``empty''.
4331The default definition does nothing, since most machines don't use
4332the field anyway.  If you want to use the field, you should probably
4333define this macro to initialize it.
4334
4335This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4336@end defmac
4337
4338@defmac NOTICE_UPDATE_CC (@var{exp}, @var{insn})
4339A C compound statement to set the components of @code{cc_status}
4340appropriately for an insn @var{insn} whose body is @var{exp}.  It is
4341this macro's responsibility to recognize insns that set the condition
4342code as a byproduct of other activity as well as those that explicitly
4343set @code{(cc0)}.
4344
4345This macro is not used on machines that do not use @code{cc0}.
4346
4347If there are insns that do not set the condition code but do alter
4348other machine registers, this macro must check to see whether they
4349invalidate the expressions that the condition code is recorded as
4350reflecting.  For example, on the 68000, insns that store in address
4351registers do not set the condition code, which means that usually
4352@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} can leave @code{cc_status} unaltered for such
4353insns.  But suppose that the previous insn set the condition code
4354based on location @samp{a4@@(102)} and the current insn stores a new
4355value in @samp{a4}.  Although the condition code is not changed by
4356this, it will no longer be true that it reflects the contents of
4357@samp{a4@@(102)}.  Therefore, @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must alter
4358@code{cc_status} in this case to say that nothing is known about the
4359condition code value.
4360
4361The definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} must be prepared to deal
4362with the results of peephole optimization: insns whose patterns are
4363@code{parallel} RTXs containing various @code{reg}, @code{mem} or
4364constants which are just the operands.  The RTL structure of these
4365insns is not sufficient to indicate what the insns actually do.  What
4366@code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} should do when it sees one is just to run
4367@code{CC_STATUS_INIT}.
4368
4369A possible definition of @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC} is to call a function
4370that looks at an attribute (@pxref{Insn Attributes}) named, for example,
4371@samp{cc}.  This avoids having detailed information about patterns in
4372two places, the @file{md} file and in @code{NOTICE_UPDATE_CC}.
4373@end defmac
4374
4375@node MODE_CC Condition Codes
4376@subsection Representation of condition codes using registers
4377@findex CCmode
4378@findex MODE_CC
4379
4380@defmac SELECT_CC_MODE (@var{op}, @var{x}, @var{y})
4381On many machines, the condition code may be produced by other instructions
4382than compares, for example the branch can use directly the condition
4383code set by a subtract instruction.  However, on some machines
4384when the condition code is set this way some bits (such as the overflow
4385bit) are not set in the same way as a test instruction, so that a different
4386branch instruction must be used for some conditional branches.  When
4387this happens, use the machine mode of the condition code register to
4388record different formats of the condition code register.  Modes can
4389also be used to record which compare instruction (e.g.@: a signed or an
4390unsigned comparison) produced the condition codes.
4391
4392If other modes than @code{CCmode} are required, add them to
4393@file{@var{machine}-modes.def} and define @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} to choose
4394a mode given an operand of a compare.  This is needed because the modes
4395have to be chosen not only during RTL generation but also, for example,
4396by instruction combination.  The result of @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} should
4397be consistent with the mode used in the patterns; for example to support
4398the case of the add on the SPARC discussed above, we have the pattern
4399
4400@smallexample
4401(define_insn ""
4402  [(set (reg:CCNZ 0)
4403        (compare:CCNZ
4404          (plus:SI (match_operand:SI 0 "register_operand" "%r")
4405                   (match_operand:SI 1 "arith_operand" "rI"))
4406          (const_int 0)))]
4407  ""
4408  "@dots{}")
4409@end smallexample
4410
4411@noindent
4412together with a @code{SELECT_CC_MODE} that returns @code{CCNZmode}
4413for comparisons whose argument is a @code{plus}:
4414
4415@smallexample
4416#define SELECT_CC_MODE(OP,X,Y) \
4417  (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (X)) == MODE_FLOAT           \
4418   ? ((OP == LT || OP == LE || OP == GT || OP == GE)     \
4419      ? CCFPEmode : CCFPmode)                            \
4420   : ((GET_CODE (X) == PLUS || GET_CODE (X) == MINUS     \
4421       || GET_CODE (X) == NEG || GET_CODE (x) == ASHIFT) \
4422      ? CCNZmode : CCmode))
4423@end smallexample
4424
4425Another reason to use modes is to retain information on which operands
4426were used by the comparison; see @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE} later in
4427this section.
4428
4429You should define this macro if and only if you define extra CC modes
4430in @file{@var{machine}-modes.def}.
4431@end defmac
4432
4433@hook TARGET_CANONICALIZE_COMPARISON
4434
4435@defmac REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})
4436A C expression whose value is one if it is always safe to reverse a
4437comparison whose mode is @var{mode}.  If @code{SELECT_CC_MODE}
4438can ever return @var{mode} for a floating-point inequality comparison,
4439then @code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} must be zero.
4440
4441You need not define this macro if it would always returns zero or if the
4442floating-point format is anything other than @code{IEEE_FLOAT_FORMAT}.
4443For example, here is the definition used on the SPARC, where floating-point
4444inequality comparisons are given either @code{CCFPEmode} or @code{CCFPmode}:
4445
4446@smallexample
4447#define REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE(MODE) \
4448   ((MODE) != CCFPEmode && (MODE) != CCFPmode)
4449@end smallexample
4450@end defmac
4451
4452@defmac REVERSE_CONDITION (@var{code}, @var{mode})
4453A C expression whose value is reversed condition code of the @var{code} for
4454comparison done in CC_MODE @var{mode}.  The macro is used only in case
4455@code{REVERSIBLE_CC_MODE (@var{mode})} is nonzero.  Define this macro in case
4456machine has some non-standard way how to reverse certain conditionals.  For
4457instance in case all floating point conditions are non-trapping, compiler may
4458freely convert unordered compares to ordered ones.  Then definition may look
4459like:
4460
4461@smallexample
4462#define REVERSE_CONDITION(CODE, MODE) \
4463   ((MODE) != CCFPmode ? reverse_condition (CODE) \
4464    : reverse_condition_maybe_unordered (CODE))
4465@end smallexample
4466@end defmac
4467
4468@hook TARGET_FIXED_CONDITION_CODE_REGS
4469
4470@hook TARGET_CC_MODES_COMPATIBLE
4471
4472@hook TARGET_FLAGS_REGNUM
4473
4474@node Costs
4475@section Describing Relative Costs of Operations
4476@cindex costs of instructions
4477@cindex relative costs
4478@cindex speed of instructions
4479
4480These macros let you describe the relative speed of various operations
4481on the target machine.
4482
4483@defmac REGISTER_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4484A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} from a
4485register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}.  The classes are
4486expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.  A
4487value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to
4488that.
4489
4490It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the
4491same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between
4492registers if they are not general registers.
4493
4494If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two
4495hard registers, and if @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their
4496classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the
4497constraints of the insn are met.  Setting a cost of other than 2 will
4498allow reload to verify that the constraints are met.  You should do this
4499if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
4500
4501These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4502@code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} instead.
4503@end defmac
4504
4505@hook TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
4506
4507@defmac MEMORY_MOVE_COST (@var{mode}, @var{class}, @var{in})
4508A C expression for the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode} between a
4509register of class @var{class} and memory; @var{in} is zero if the value
4510is to be written to memory, nonzero if it is to be read in.  This cost
4511is relative to those in @code{REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.  If moving between
4512registers and memory is more expensive than between two registers, you
4513should define this macro to express the relative cost.
4514
4515If you do not define this macro, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus
4516the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is
4517needed.  If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
4518between memory and a register of @var{class} but the reload mechanism is
4519more complex than copying via an intermediate, define this macro to
4520reflect the actual cost of the move.
4521
4522GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if
4523secondary reloads are needed.  It computes the costs due to copying via
4524a secondary register.  If your machine copies from memory using a
4525secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
45264 is not correct for your machine, define this macro to add some other
4527value to the result of that function.  The arguments to that function
4528are the same as to this macro.
4529
4530These macros are obsolete, new ports should use the target hook
4531@code{TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST} instead.
4532@end defmac
4533
4534@hook TARGET_MEMORY_MOVE_COST
4535
4536@defmac BRANCH_COST (@var{speed_p}, @var{predictable_p})
4537A C expression for the cost of a branch instruction.  A value of 1 is
4538the default; other values are interpreted relative to that. Parameter
4539@var{speed_p} is true when the branch in question should be optimized
4540for speed.  When it is false, @code{BRANCH_COST} should return a value
4541optimal for code size rather than performance.  @var{predictable_p} is
4542true for well-predicted branches. On many architectures the
4543@code{BRANCH_COST} can be reduced then.
4544@end defmac
4545
4546Here are additional macros which do not specify precise relative costs,
4547but only that certain actions are more expensive than GCC would
4548ordinarily expect.
4549
4550@defmac SLOW_BYTE_ACCESS
4551Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if accessing less
4552than a word of memory (i.e.@: a @code{char} or a @code{short}) is no
4553faster than accessing a word of memory, i.e., if such access
4554require more than one instruction or if there is no difference in cost
4555between byte and (aligned) word loads.
4556
4557When this macro is not defined, the compiler will access a field by
4558finding the smallest containing object; when it is defined, a fullword
4559load will be used if alignment permits.  Unless bytes accesses are
4560faster than word accesses, using word accesses is preferable since it
4561may eliminate subsequent memory access if subsequent accesses occur to
4562other fields in the same word of the structure, but to different bytes.
4563@end defmac
4564
4565@hook TARGET_SLOW_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
4566
4567@defmac MOVE_RATIO (@var{speed})
4568The threshold of number of scalar memory-to-memory move insns, @emph{below}
4569which a sequence of insns should be generated instead of a
4570string move insn or a library call.  Increasing the value will always
4571make code faster, but eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4572
4573Note that on machines where the corresponding move insn is a
4574@code{define_expand} that emits a sequence of insns, this macro counts
4575the number of such sequences.
4576
4577The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4578optimized for speed rather than size.
4579
4580If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4581@end defmac
4582
4583@hook TARGET_USE_BY_PIECES_INFRASTRUCTURE_P
4584
4585@hook TARGET_COMPARE_BY_PIECES_BRANCH_RATIO
4586
4587@defmac MOVE_MAX_PIECES
4588A C expression used by @code{move_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4589a load or store used to copy memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX}.
4590@end defmac
4591
4592@defmac STORE_MAX_PIECES
4593A C expression used by @code{store_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4594a store used to memory is.  Defaults to @code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}, or two times
4595the size of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, whichever is smaller.
4596@end defmac
4597
4598@defmac COMPARE_MAX_PIECES
4599A C expression used by @code{compare_by_pieces} to determine the largest unit
4600a load or store used to compare memory is.  Defaults to
4601@code{MOVE_MAX_PIECES}.
4602@end defmac
4603
4604@defmac CLEAR_RATIO (@var{speed})
4605The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4606of insns should be generated to clear memory instead of a string clear insn
4607or a library call.  Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4608eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4609
4610The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4611optimized for speed rather than size.
4612
4613If you don't define this, a reasonable default is used.
4614@end defmac
4615
4616@defmac SET_RATIO (@var{speed})
4617The threshold of number of scalar move insns, @emph{below} which a sequence
4618of insns should be generated to set memory to a constant value, instead of
4619a block set insn or a library call.
4620Increasing the value will always make code faster, but
4621eventually incurs high cost in increased code size.
4622
4623The parameter @var{speed} is true if the code is currently being
4624optimized for speed rather than size.
4625
4626If you don't define this, it defaults to the value of @code{MOVE_RATIO}.
4627@end defmac
4628
4629@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4630A C expression used to determine whether a load postincrement is a good
4631thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4632@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4633@end defmac
4634
4635@defmac USE_LOAD_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4636A C expression used to determine whether a load postdecrement is a good
4637thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4638@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4639@end defmac
4640
4641@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4642A C expression used to determine whether a load preincrement is a good
4643thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4644@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4645@end defmac
4646
4647@defmac USE_LOAD_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4648A C expression used to determine whether a load predecrement is a good
4649thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4650@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4651@end defmac
4652
4653@defmac USE_STORE_POST_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4654A C expression used to determine whether a store postincrement is a good
4655thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4656@code{HAVE_POST_INCREMENT}.
4657@end defmac
4658
4659@defmac USE_STORE_POST_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4660A C expression used to determine whether a store postdecrement is a good
4661thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4662@code{HAVE_POST_DECREMENT}.
4663@end defmac
4664
4665@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_INCREMENT (@var{mode})
4666This macro is used to determine whether a store preincrement is a good
4667thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4668@code{HAVE_PRE_INCREMENT}.
4669@end defmac
4670
4671@defmac USE_STORE_PRE_DECREMENT (@var{mode})
4672This macro is used to determine whether a store predecrement is a good
4673thing to use for a given mode.  Defaults to the value of
4674@code{HAVE_PRE_DECREMENT}.
4675@end defmac
4676
4677@defmac NO_FUNCTION_CSE
4678Define this macro to be true if it is as good or better to call a constant
4679function address than to call an address kept in a register.
4680@end defmac
4681
4682@defmac LOGICAL_OP_NON_SHORT_CIRCUIT
4683Define this macro if a non-short-circuit operation produced by
4684@samp{fold_range_test ()} is optimal.  This macro defaults to true if
4685@code{BRANCH_COST} is greater than or equal to the value 2.
4686@end defmac
4687
4688@hook TARGET_OPTAB_SUPPORTED_P
4689
4690@hook TARGET_RTX_COSTS
4691
4692@hook TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
4693
4694@hook TARGET_INSN_COST
4695
4696@hook TARGET_MAX_NOCE_IFCVT_SEQ_COST
4697
4698@hook TARGET_NOCE_CONVERSION_PROFITABLE_P
4699
4700@hook TARGET_NO_SPECULATION_IN_DELAY_SLOTS_P
4701
4702@hook TARGET_ESTIMATED_POLY_VALUE
4703
4704@node Scheduling
4705@section Adjusting the Instruction Scheduler
4706
4707The instruction scheduler may need a fair amount of machine-specific
4708adjustment in order to produce good code.  GCC provides several target
4709hooks for this purpose.  It is usually enough to define just a few of
4710them: try the first ones in this list first.
4711
4712@hook TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
4713
4714@hook TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE
4715
4716@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
4717
4718@hook TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_PRIORITY
4719
4720@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER
4721
4722@hook TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2
4723
4724@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_P
4725
4726@hook TARGET_SCHED_MACRO_FUSION_PAIR_P
4727
4728@hook TARGET_SCHED_DEPENDENCIES_EVALUATION_HOOK
4729
4730@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT
4731
4732@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH
4733
4734@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL
4735
4736@hook TARGET_SCHED_FINISH_GLOBAL
4737
4738@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4739
4740@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN
4741
4742@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4743
4744@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN
4745
4746@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4747
4748@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_ADVANCE_CYCLE
4749
4750@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
4751
4752@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD_GUARD
4753
4754@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BEGIN
4755
4756@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_ISSUE
4757
4758@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_BACKTRACK
4759
4760@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_END
4761
4762@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_INIT
4763
4764@hook TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_FINI
4765
4766@hook TARGET_SCHED_DFA_NEW_CYCLE
4767
4768@hook TARGET_SCHED_IS_COSTLY_DEPENDENCE
4769
4770@hook TARGET_SCHED_H_I_D_EXTENDED
4771
4772@hook TARGET_SCHED_ALLOC_SCHED_CONTEXT
4773
4774@hook TARGET_SCHED_INIT_SCHED_CONTEXT
4775
4776@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_CONTEXT
4777
4778@hook TARGET_SCHED_CLEAR_SCHED_CONTEXT
4779
4780@hook TARGET_SCHED_FREE_SCHED_CONTEXT
4781
4782@hook TARGET_SCHED_SPECULATE_INSN
4783
4784@hook TARGET_SCHED_NEEDS_BLOCK_P
4785
4786@hook TARGET_SCHED_GEN_SPEC_CHECK
4787
4788@hook TARGET_SCHED_SET_SCHED_FLAGS
4789
4790@hook TARGET_SCHED_CAN_SPECULATE_INSN
4791
4792@hook TARGET_SCHED_SMS_RES_MII
4793
4794@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH
4795
4796@hook TARGET_SCHED_DISPATCH_DO
4797
4798@hook TARGET_SCHED_EXPOSED_PIPELINE
4799
4800@hook TARGET_SCHED_REASSOCIATION_WIDTH
4801
4802@hook TARGET_SCHED_FUSION_PRIORITY
4803
4804@hook TARGET_EXPAND_DIVMOD_LIBFUNC
4805
4806@node Sections
4807@section Dividing the Output into Sections (Texts, Data, @dots{})
4808@c the above section title is WAY too long.  maybe cut the part between
4809@c the (...)?  --mew 10feb93
4810
4811An object file is divided into sections containing different types of
4812data.  In the most common case, there are three sections: the @dfn{text
4813section}, which holds instructions and read-only data; the @dfn{data
4814section}, which holds initialized writable data; and the @dfn{bss
4815section}, which holds uninitialized data.  Some systems have other kinds
4816of sections.
4817
4818@file{varasm.c} provides several well-known sections, such as
4819@code{text_section}, @code{data_section} and @code{bss_section}.
4820The normal way of controlling a @code{@var{foo}_section} variable
4821is to define the associated @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macro,
4822as described below.  The macros are only read once, when @file{varasm.c}
4823initializes itself, so their values must be run-time constants.
4824They may however depend on command-line flags.
4825
4826@emph{Note:} Some run-time files, such @file{crtstuff.c}, also make
4827use of the @code{@var{FOO}_SECTION_ASM_OP} macros, and expect them
4828to be string literals.
4829
4830Some assemblers require a different string to be written every time a
4831section is selected.  If your assembler falls into this category, you
4832should define the @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS} hook and use
4833@code{get_unnamed_section} to set up the sections.
4834
4835You must always create a @code{text_section}, either by defining
4836@code{TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or by initializing @code{text_section}
4837in @code{TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS}.  The same is true of
4838@code{data_section} and @code{DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  If you do not
4839create a distinct @code{readonly_data_section}, the default is to
4840reuse @code{text_section}.
4841
4842All the other @file{varasm.c} sections are optional, and are null
4843if the target does not provide them.
4844
4845@defmac TEXT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4846A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4847assembler operation that should precede instructions and read-only data.
4848Normally @code{"\t.text"} is right.
4849@end defmac
4850
4851@defmac HOT_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4852If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing most
4853frequently executed functions of the program.  If not defined, GCC will provide
4854a default definition if the target supports named sections.
4855@end defmac
4856
4857@defmac UNLIKELY_EXECUTED_TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4858If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing unlikely
4859executed functions in the program.
4860@end defmac
4861
4862@defmac DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4863A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4864assembler operation to identify the following data as writable initialized
4865data.  Normally @code{"\t.data"} is right.
4866@end defmac
4867
4868@defmac SDATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4869If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4870containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4871initialized, writable small data.
4872@end defmac
4873
4874@defmac READONLY_DATA_SECTION_ASM_OP
4875A C expression whose value is a string, including spacing, containing the
4876assembler operation to identify the following data as read-only initialized
4877data.
4878@end defmac
4879
4880@defmac BSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4881If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4882containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4883uninitialized global data.  If not defined, and
4884@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS} not defined,
4885uninitialized global data will be output in the data section if
4886@option{-fno-common} is passed, otherwise @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} will be
4887used.
4888@end defmac
4889
4890@defmac SBSS_SECTION_ASM_OP
4891If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4892containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4893uninitialized, writable small data.
4894@end defmac
4895
4896@defmac TLS_COMMON_ASM_OP
4897If defined, a C expression whose value is a string containing the
4898assembler operation to identify the following data as thread-local
4899common data.  The default is @code{".tls_common"}.
4900@end defmac
4901
4902@defmac TLS_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4903If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4904containing the flag used to mark a section as a TLS section.  The
4905default is @code{'T'}.
4906@end defmac
4907
4908@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
4909If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4910containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4911initialization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4912not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{init_section}
4913variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4914@end defmac
4915
4916@defmac FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP
4917If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4918containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4919finalization code.  If not defined, GCC will assume such a section does
4920not exist.  This section has no corresponding @code{fini_section}
4921variable; it is used entirely in runtime code.
4922@end defmac
4923
4924@defmac INIT_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4925If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4926containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4927part of the @code{.init_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4928defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4929both this macro and @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4930@end defmac
4931
4932@defmac FINI_ARRAY_SECTION_ASM_OP
4933If defined, a C expression whose value is a string, including spacing,
4934containing the assembler operation to identify the following data as
4935part of the @code{.fini_array} (or equivalent) section.  If not
4936defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  Do not define
4937both this macro and @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
4938@end defmac
4939
4940@defmac MACH_DEP_SECTION_ASM_FLAG
4941If defined, a C expression whose value is a character constant
4942containing the flag used to mark a machine-dependent section.  This
4943corresponds to the @code{SECTION_MACH_DEP} section flag.
4944@end defmac
4945
4946@defmac CRT_CALL_STATIC_FUNCTION (@var{section_op}, @var{function})
4947If defined, an ASM statement that switches to a different section
4948via @var{section_op}, calls @var{function}, and switches back to
4949the text section.  This is used in @file{crtstuff.c} if
4950@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} or @code{FINI_SECTION_ASM_OP} to calls
4951to initialization and finalization functions from the init and fini
4952sections.  By default, this macro uses a simple function call.  Some
4953ports need hand-crafted assembly code to avoid dependencies on
4954registers initialized in the function prologue or to ensure that
4955constant pools don't end up too far way in the text section.
4956@end defmac
4957
4958@defmac TARGET_LIBGCC_SDATA_SECTION
4959If defined, a string which names the section into which small
4960variables defined in crtstuff and libgcc should go.  This is useful
4961when the target has options for optimizing access to small data, and
4962you want the crtstuff and libgcc routines to be conservative in what
4963they expect of your application yet liberal in what your application
4964expects.  For example, for targets with a @code{.sdata} section (like
4965MIPS), you could compile crtstuff with @code{-G 0} so that it doesn't
4966require small data support from your application, but use this macro
4967to put small data into @code{.sdata} so that your application can
4968access these variables whether it uses small data or not.
4969@end defmac
4970
4971@defmac FORCE_CODE_SECTION_ALIGN
4972If defined, an ASM statement that aligns a code section to some
4973arbitrary boundary.  This is used to force all fragments of the
4974@code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections to have to same alignment
4975and thus prevent the linker from having to add any padding.
4976@end defmac
4977
4978@defmac JUMP_TABLES_IN_TEXT_SECTION
4979Define this macro to be an expression with a nonzero value if jump
4980tables (for @code{tablejump} insns) should be output in the text
4981section, along with the assembler instructions.  Otherwise, the
4982readonly data section is used.
4983
4984This macro is irrelevant if there is no separate readonly data section.
4985@end defmac
4986
4987@hook TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS
4988
4989@hook TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
4990
4991@hook TARGET_ASM_GENERATE_PIC_ADDR_DIFF_VEC
4992
4993@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION
4994
4995@defmac USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS
4996Define this macro if you wish TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION to be called
4997for @code{FUNCTION_DECL}s as well as for variables and constants.
4998
4999In the case of a @code{FUNCTION_DECL}, @var{reloc} will be zero if the
5000function has been determined to be likely to be called, and nonzero if
5001it is unlikely to be called.
5002@end defmac
5003
5004@hook TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
5005
5006@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
5007
5008@hook TARGET_ASM_MERGEABLE_RODATA_PREFIX
5009
5010@hook TARGET_ASM_TM_CLONE_TABLE_SECTION
5011
5012@hook TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
5013
5014@hook TARGET_MANGLE_DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5015
5016@hook TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
5017
5018@hook TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING
5019
5020@hook TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
5021
5022@hook TARGET_HAVE_SRODATA_SECTION
5023
5024@hook TARGET_PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE
5025
5026@hook TARGET_BINDS_LOCAL_P
5027
5028@hook TARGET_HAVE_TLS
5029
5030
5031@node PIC
5032@section Position Independent Code
5033@cindex position independent code
5034@cindex PIC
5035
5036This section describes macros that help implement generation of position
5037independent code.  Simply defining these macros is not enough to
5038generate valid PIC; you must also add support to the hook
5039@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} and to the macro
5040@code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}, as well as @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS}.  You
5041must modify the definition of @samp{movsi} to do something appropriate
5042when the source operand contains a symbolic address.  You may also
5043need to alter the handling of switch statements so that they use
5044relative addresses.
5045@c i rearranged the order of the macros above to try to force one of
5046@c them to the next line, to eliminate an overfull hbox. --mew 10feb93
5047
5048@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM
5049The register number of the register used to address a table of static
5050data addresses in memory.  In some cases this register is defined by a
5051processor's ``application binary interface'' (ABI)@.  When this macro
5052is defined, RTL is generated for this register once, as with the stack
5053pointer and frame pointer registers.  If this macro is not defined, it
5054is up to the machine-dependent files to allocate such a register (if
5055necessary).  Note that this register must be fixed when in use (e.g.@:
5056when @code{flag_pic} is true).
5057@end defmac
5058
5059@defmac PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REG_CALL_CLOBBERED
5060A C expression that is nonzero if the register defined by
5061@code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is clobbered by calls.  If not defined,
5062the default is zero.  Do not define
5063this macro if @code{PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM} is not defined.
5064@end defmac
5065
5066@defmac LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (@var{x})
5067A C expression that is nonzero if @var{x} is a legitimate immediate
5068operand on the target machine when generating position independent code.
5069You can assume that @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not
5070check this.  You can also assume @var{flag_pic} is true, so you need not
5071check it either.  You need not define this macro if all constants
5072(including @code{SYMBOL_REF}) can be immediate operands when generating
5073position independent code.
5074@end defmac
5075
5076@node Assembler Format
5077@section Defining the Output Assembler Language
5078
5079This section describes macros whose principal purpose is to describe how
5080to write instructions in assembler language---rather than what the
5081instructions do.
5082
5083@menu
5084* File Framework::       Structural information for the assembler file.
5085* Data Output::          Output of constants (numbers, strings, addresses).
5086* Uninitialized Data::   Output of uninitialized variables.
5087* Label Output::         Output and generation of labels.
5088* Initialization::       General principles of initialization
5089                         and termination routines.
5090* Macros for Initialization::
5091                         Specific macros that control the handling of
5092                         initialization and termination routines.
5093* Instruction Output::   Output of actual instructions.
5094* Dispatch Tables::      Output of jump tables.
5095* Exception Region Output:: Output of exception region code.
5096* Alignment Output::     Pseudo ops for alignment and skipping data.
5097@end menu
5098
5099@node File Framework
5100@subsection The Overall Framework of an Assembler File
5101@cindex assembler format
5102@cindex output of assembler code
5103
5104@c prevent bad page break with this line
5105This describes the overall framework of an assembly file.
5106
5107@findex default_file_start
5108@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
5109
5110@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_APP_OFF
5111
5112@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
5113
5114@hook TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
5115
5116@deftypefun void file_end_indicate_exec_stack ()
5117Some systems use a common convention, the @samp{.note.GNU-stack}
5118special section, to indicate whether or not an object file relies on
5119the stack being executable.  If your system uses this convention, you
5120should define @code{TARGET_ASM_FILE_END} to this function.  If you
5121need to do other things in that hook, have your hook function call
5122this function.
5123@end deftypefun
5124
5125@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_START
5126
5127@hook TARGET_ASM_LTO_END
5128
5129@hook TARGET_ASM_CODE_END
5130
5131@defmac ASM_COMMENT_START
5132A C string constant describing how to begin a comment in the target
5133assembler language.  The compiler assumes that the comment will end at
5134the end of the line.
5135@end defmac
5136
5137@defmac ASM_APP_ON
5138A C string constant for text to be output before each @code{asm}
5139statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5140@code{"#APP"}, which is a comment that has no effect on most
5141assemblers but tells the GNU assembler that it must check the lines
5142that follow for all valid assembler constructs.
5143@end defmac
5144
5145@defmac ASM_APP_OFF
5146A C string constant for text to be output after each @code{asm}
5147statement or group of consecutive ones.  Normally this is
5148@code{"#NO_APP"}, which tells the GNU assembler to resume making the
5149time-saving assumptions that are valid for ordinary compiler output.
5150@end defmac
5151
5152@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5153A C statement to output COFF information or DWARF debugging information
5154which indicates that filename @var{name} is the current source file to
5155the stdio stream @var{stream}.
5156
5157This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
5158for the file format in use is appropriate.
5159@end defmac
5160
5161@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
5162
5163@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_IDENT
5164
5165@defmac OUTPUT_QUOTED_STRING (@var{stream}, @var{string})
5166A C statement to output the string @var{string} to the stdio stream
5167@var{stream}.  If you do not call the function @code{output_quoted_string}
5168in your config files, GCC will only call it to output filenames to
5169the assembler source.  So you can use it to canonicalize the format
5170of the filename using this macro.
5171@end defmac
5172
5173@hook TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION
5174
5175@hook TARGET_ASM_ELF_FLAGS_NUMERIC
5176
5177@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SECTION
5178
5179@hook TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_SWITCHED_TEXT_SECTIONS
5180
5181@hook TARGET_HAVE_NAMED_SECTIONS
5182This flag is true if the target supports @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}.
5183It must not be modified by command-line option processing.
5184@end deftypevr
5185
5186@anchor{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}
5187@hook TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS
5188
5189@hook TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
5190
5191@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES
5192
5193@hook TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION
5194
5195@need 2000
5196@node Data Output
5197@subsection Output of Data
5198
5199
5200@hook TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP
5201
5202@hook TARGET_ASM_INTEGER
5203
5204@hook TARGET_ASM_DECL_END
5205
5206@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_CONST_EXTRA
5207
5208@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII (@var{stream}, @var{ptr}, @var{len})
5209A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
5210instruction to assemble a string constant containing the @var{len}
5211bytes at @var{ptr}.  @var{ptr} will be a C expression of type
5212@code{char *} and @var{len} a C expression of type @code{int}.
5213
5214If the assembler has a @code{.ascii} pseudo-op as found in the
5215Berkeley Unix assembler, do not define the macro
5216@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII}.
5217@end defmac
5218
5219@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FDESC (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{n})
5220A C statement to output word @var{n} of a function descriptor for
5221@var{decl}.  This must be defined if @code{TARGET_VTABLE_USES_DESCRIPTORS}
5222is defined, and is otherwise unused.
5223@end defmac
5224
5225@defmac CONSTANT_POOL_BEFORE_FUNCTION
5226You may define this macro as a C expression.  You should define the
5227expression to have a nonzero value if GCC should output the constant
5228pool for a function before the code for the function, or a zero value if
5229GCC should output the constant pool after the function.  If you do
5230not define this macro, the usual case, GCC will output the constant
5231pool before the function.
5232@end defmac
5233
5234@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_PROLOGUE (@var{file}, @var{funname}, @var{fundecl}, @var{size})
5235A C statement to output assembler commands to define the start of the
5236constant pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving
5237the name of the function.  Should the return type of the function
5238be required, it can be obtained via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size}
5239is the size, in bytes, of the constant pool that will be written
5240immediately after this call.
5241
5242If no constant-pool prefix is required, the usual case, this macro need
5243not be defined.
5244@end defmac
5245
5246@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SPECIAL_POOL_ENTRY (@var{file}, @var{x}, @var{mode}, @var{align}, @var{labelno}, @var{jumpto})
5247A C statement (with or without semicolon) to output a constant in the
5248constant pool, if it needs special treatment.  (This macro need not do
5249anything for RTL expressions that can be output normally.)
5250
5251The argument @var{file} is the standard I/O stream to output the
5252assembler code on.  @var{x} is the RTL expression for the constant to
5253output, and @var{mode} is the machine mode (in case @var{x} is a
5254@samp{const_int}).  @var{align} is the required alignment for the value
5255@var{x}; you should output an assembler directive to force this much
5256alignment.
5257
5258The argument @var{labelno} is a number to use in an internal label for
5259the address of this pool entry.  The definition of this macro is
5260responsible for outputting the label definition at the proper place.
5261Here is how to do this:
5262
5263@smallexample
5264@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} (@var{file}, "LC", @var{labelno});
5265@end smallexample
5266
5267When you output a pool entry specially, you should end with a
5268@code{goto} to the label @var{jumpto}.  This will prevent the same pool
5269entry from being output a second time in the usual manner.
5270
5271You need not define this macro if it would do nothing.
5272@end defmac
5273
5274@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_POOL_EPILOGUE (@var{file} @var{funname} @var{fundecl} @var{size})
5275A C statement to output assembler commands to at the end of the constant
5276pool for a function.  @var{funname} is a string giving the name of the
5277function.  Should the return type of the function be required, you can
5278obtain it via @var{fundecl}.  @var{size} is the size, in bytes, of the
5279constant pool that GCC wrote immediately before this call.
5280
5281If no constant-pool epilogue is required, the usual case, you need not
5282define this macro.
5283@end defmac
5284
5285@defmac IS_ASM_LOGICAL_LINE_SEPARATOR (@var{C}, @var{STR})
5286Define this macro as a C expression which is nonzero if @var{C} is
5287used as a logical line separator by the assembler.  @var{STR} points
5288to the position in the string where @var{C} was found; this can be used if
5289a line separator uses multiple characters.
5290
5291If you do not define this macro, the default is that only
5292the character @samp{;} is treated as a logical line separator.
5293@end defmac
5294
5295@hook TARGET_ASM_OPEN_PAREN
5296
5297These macros are provided by @file{real.h} for writing the definitions
5298of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DOUBLE} and the like:
5299
5300@defmac REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5301@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5302@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (@var{x}, @var{l})
5303@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5304@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL64 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5305@defmacx REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL128 (@var{x}, @var{l})
5306These translate @var{x}, of type @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE}, to the
5307target's floating point representation, and store its bit pattern in
5308the variable @var{l}.  For @code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE} and
5309@code{REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DECIMAL32}, this variable should be a
5310simple @code{long int}.  For the others, it should be an array of
5311@code{long int}.  The number of elements in this array is determined
5312by the size of the desired target floating point data type: 32 bits of
5313it go in each @code{long int} array element.  Each array element holds
531432 bits of the result, even if @code{long int} is wider than 32 bits
5315on the host machine.
5316
5317The array element values are designed so that you can print them out
5318using @code{fprintf} in the order they should appear in the target
5319machine's memory.
5320@end defmac
5321
5322@node Uninitialized Data
5323@subsection Output of Uninitialized Variables
5324
5325Each of the macros in this section is used to do the whole job of
5326outputting a single uninitialized variable.
5327
5328@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5329A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5330@var{stream} the assembler definition of a common-label named
5331@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5332is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.  It is
5333possible that @var{size} may be zero, for instance if a struct with no
5334other member than a zero-length array is defined.  In this case, the
5335backend must output a symbol definition that allocates at least one
5336byte, both so that the address of the resulting object does not compare
5337equal to any other, and because some object formats cannot even express
5338the concept of a zero-sized common symbol, as that is how they represent
5339an ordinary undefined external.
5340
5341Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5342output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5343assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5344
5345This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5346common global variables are output.
5347@end defmac
5348
5349@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5350Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} except takes the required alignment as a
5351separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5352place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON}, and gives you more flexibility in
5353handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5354as the number of bits.
5355@end defmac
5356
5357@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_COMMON (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5358Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON} except that @var{decl} of the
5359variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5360is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5361in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_COMMON} and
5362@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_COMMON}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5363the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5364@end defmac
5365
5366@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_BSS (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5367A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5368@var{stream} the assembler definition of uninitialized global @var{decl} named
5369@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{alignment}
5370is the alignment specified as the number of bits.
5371
5372Try to use function @code{asm_output_aligned_bss} defined in file
5373@file{varasm.c} when defining this macro.  If unable, use the expression
5374@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name itself;
5375before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax for defining
5376the name, and a newline.
5377
5378There are two ways of handling global BSS@.  One is to define this macro.
5379The other is to have @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION} return a
5380switchable BSS section (@pxref{TARGET_HAVE_SWITCHABLE_BSS_SECTIONS}).
5381You do not need to do both.
5382
5383Some languages do not have @code{common} data, and require a
5384non-common form of global BSS in order to handle uninitialized globals
5385efficiently.  C++ is one example of this.  However, if the target does
5386not support global BSS, the front end may choose to make globals
5387common in order to save space in the object file.
5388@end defmac
5389
5390@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{rounded})
5391A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5392@var{stream} the assembler definition of a local-common-label named
5393@var{name} whose size is @var{size} bytes.  The variable @var{rounded}
5394is the size rounded up to whatever alignment the caller wants.
5395
5396Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5397output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5398assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.
5399
5400This macro controls how the assembler definitions of uninitialized
5401static variables are output.
5402@end defmac
5403
5404@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5405Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} except takes the required alignment as a
5406separate, explicit argument.  If you define this macro, it is used in
5407place of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL}, and gives you more flexibility in
5408handling the required alignment of the variable.  The alignment is specified
5409as the number of bits.
5410@end defmac
5411
5412@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_DECL_LOCAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{size}, @var{alignment})
5413Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL} except that @var{decl} of the
5414variable to be output, if there is one, or @code{NULL_TREE} if there
5415is no corresponding variable.  If you define this macro, GCC will use it
5416in place of both @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LOCAL} and
5417@code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGNED_LOCAL}.  Define this macro when you need to see
5418the variable's decl in order to chose what to output.
5419@end defmac
5420
5421@node Label Output
5422@subsection Output and Generation of Labels
5423
5424@c prevent bad page break with this line
5425This is about outputting labels.
5426
5427@findex assemble_name
5428@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5429A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5430@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name}.
5431Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5432output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5433assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5434definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5435@end defmac
5436
5437@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5438A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5439@var{stream} the assembler definition of a label named @var{name} of
5440a function.
5441Use the expression @code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to
5442output the name itself; before and after that, output the additional
5443assembler syntax for defining the name, and a newline.  A default
5444definition of this macro is provided which is correct for most systems.
5445
5446If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5447usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5448@end defmac
5449
5450@findex assemble_name_raw
5451@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5452Identical to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}, except that @var{name} is known
5453to refer to a compiler-generated label.  The default definition uses
5454@code{assemble_name_raw}, which is like @code{assemble_name} except
5455that it is more efficient.
5456@end defmac
5457
5458@defmac SIZE_ASM_OP
5459A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5460size of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5461default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.size\t"}; on other
5462systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5463
5464Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definitions
5465of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE}
5466for your system.  If you need your own custom definitions of those
5467macros, or if you do not need explicit symbol sizes at all, do not
5468define this macro.
5469@end defmac
5470
5471@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{size})
5472A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5473@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the size of the
5474symbol @var{name} is @var{size}.  @var{size} is a @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}.
5475If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5476provided.
5477@end defmac
5478
5479@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5480A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5481@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler to calculate the size of
5482the symbol @var{name} by subtracting its address from the current
5483address.
5484
5485If you define @code{SIZE_ASM_OP}, a default definition of this macro is
5486provided.  The default assumes that the assembler recognizes a special
5487@samp{.} symbol as referring to the current address, and can calculate
5488the difference between this and another symbol.  If your assembler does
5489not recognize @samp{.} or cannot do calculations with it, you will need
5490to redefine @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} to use some other technique.
5491@end defmac
5492
5493@defmac NO_DOLLAR_IN_LABEL
5494Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5495@samp{$} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in
5496G++ have @samp{$} in the identifiers.  If this macro is defined,
5497@samp{.} is used instead.
5498@end defmac
5499
5500@defmac NO_DOT_IN_LABEL
5501Define this macro if the assembler does not accept the character
5502@samp{.} in label names.  By default constructors and destructors in G++
5503have names that use @samp{.}.  If this macro is defined, these names
5504are rewritten to avoid @samp{.}.
5505@end defmac
5506
5507@defmac TYPE_ASM_OP
5508A C string containing the appropriate assembler directive to specify the
5509type of a symbol, without any arguments.  On systems that use ELF, the
5510default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"\t.type\t"}; on other
5511systems, the default is not to define this macro.
5512
5513Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5514@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5515custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5516types at all, do not define this macro.
5517@end defmac
5518
5519@defmac TYPE_OPERAND_FMT
5520A C string which specifies (using @code{printf} syntax) the format of
5521the second operand to @code{TYPE_ASM_OP}.  On systems that use ELF, the
5522default (in @file{config/elfos.h}) is @samp{"@@%s"}; on other systems,
5523the default is not to define this macro.
5524
5525Define this macro only if it is correct to use the default definition of
5526@code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} for your system.  If you need your own
5527custom definition of this macro, or if you do not need explicit symbol
5528types at all, do not define this macro.
5529@end defmac
5530
5531@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE (@var{stream}, @var{type})
5532A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5533@var{stream} a directive telling the assembler that the type of the
5534symbol @var{name} is @var{type}.  @var{type} is a C string; currently,
5535that string is always either @samp{"function"} or @samp{"object"}, but
5536you should not count on this.
5537
5538If you define @code{TYPE_ASM_OP} and @code{TYPE_OPERAND_FMT}, a default
5539definition of this macro is provided.
5540@end defmac
5541
5542@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5543A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5544@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5545function which is being defined.  This macro is responsible for
5546outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5547@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5548@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5549
5550If this macro is not defined, then the function name is defined in the
5551usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).
5552
5553You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5554of this macro.
5555@end defmac
5556
5557@defmac ASM_DECLARE_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5558A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5559@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a function
5560which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5561function.  The argument @var{decl} is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node
5562representing the function.
5563
5564If this macro is not defined, then the function size is not defined.
5565
5566You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5567of this macro.
5568@end defmac
5569
5570@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5571A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5572@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of a
5573cold function partition which is being defined.  This macro is responsible
5574for outputting the label definition (perhaps using
5575@code{ASM_OUTPUT_FUNCTION_LABEL}).  The argument @var{decl} is the
5576@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5577
5578If this macro is not defined, then the cold partition name is defined in the
5579usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5580
5581You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition
5582of this macro.
5583@end defmac
5584
5585@defmac ASM_DECLARE_COLD_FUNCTION_SIZE (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5586A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5587@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the size of a cold function
5588partition which is being defined.  The argument @var{name} is the name of the
5589cold partition of the function.  The argument @var{decl} is the
5590@code{FUNCTION_DECL} tree node representing the function.
5591
5592If this macro is not defined, then the partition size is not defined.
5593
5594You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition
5595of this macro.
5596@end defmac
5597
5598@defmac ASM_DECLARE_OBJECT_NAME (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{decl})
5599A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5600@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name @var{name} of an
5601initialized variable which is being defined.  This macro must output the
5602label definition (perhaps using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).  The argument
5603@var{decl} is the @code{VAR_DECL} tree node representing the variable.
5604
5605If this macro is not defined, then the variable name is defined in the
5606usual manner as a label (by means of @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL}).
5607
5608You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5609@code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} in the definition of this macro.
5610@end defmac
5611
5612@hook TARGET_ASM_DECLARE_CONSTANT_NAME
5613
5614@defmac ASM_DECLARE_REGISTER_GLOBAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{regno}, @var{name})
5615A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5616@var{stream} any text necessary for claiming a register @var{regno}
5617for a global variable @var{decl} with name @var{name}.
5618
5619If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5620nothing.
5621@end defmac
5622
5623@defmac ASM_FINISH_DECLARE_OBJECT (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{toplevel}, @var{atend})
5624A C statement (sans semicolon) to finish up declaring a variable name
5625once the compiler has processed its initializer fully and thus has had a
5626chance to determine the size of an array when controlled by an
5627initializer.  This is used on systems where it's necessary to declare
5628something about the size of the object.
5629
5630If you don't define this macro, that is equivalent to defining it to do
5631nothing.
5632
5633You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SIZE_DIRECTIVE} and/or
5634@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MEASURED_SIZE} in the definition of this macro.
5635@end defmac
5636
5637@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
5638
5639@hook TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_DECL_NAME
5640
5641@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_UNDEFINED_DECL
5642
5643@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5644A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5645@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} weak;
5646that is, available for reference from other files but only used if
5647no other definition is available.  Use the expression
5648@code{assemble_name (@var{stream}, @var{name})} to output the name
5649itself; before and after that, output the additional assembler syntax
5650for making that name weak, and a newline.
5651
5652If you don't define this macro or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}, GCC will not
5653support weak symbols and you should not define the @code{SUPPORTS_WEAK}
5654macro.
5655@end defmac
5656
5657@defmac ASM_WEAKEN_DECL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5658Combines (and replaces) the function of @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} and
5659@code{ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS}, allowing access to the associated function
5660or variable decl.  If @var{value} is not @code{NULL}, this C statement
5661should output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code which
5662defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5663@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it should output commands
5664to make @var{name} weak.
5665@end defmac
5666
5667@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAKREF (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5668Outputs a directive that enables @var{name} to be used to refer to
5669symbol @var{value} with weak-symbol semantics.  @code{decl} is the
5670declaration of @code{name}.
5671@end defmac
5672
5673@defmac SUPPORTS_WEAK
5674A preprocessor constant expression which evaluates to true if the target
5675supports weak symbols.
5676
5677If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5678definition.  If either @code{ASM_WEAKEN_LABEL} or @code{ASM_WEAKEN_DECL}
5679is defined, the default definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.
5680@end defmac
5681
5682@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WEAK
5683A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports weak symbols.
5684
5685If you don't define this macro, @file{defaults.h} provides a default
5686definition.  The default definition is @samp{(SUPPORTS_WEAK)}.  Define
5687this macro if you want to control weak symbol support with a compiler
5688flag such as @option{-melf}.
5689@end defmac
5690
5691@defmac MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY (@var{decl})
5692A C statement (sans semicolon) to mark @var{decl} to be emitted as a
5693public symbol such that extra copies in multiple translation units will
5694be discarded by the linker.  Define this macro if your object file
5695format provides support for this concept, such as the @samp{COMDAT}
5696section flags in the Microsoft Windows PE/COFF format, and this support
5697requires changes to @var{decl}, such as putting it in a separate section.
5698@end defmac
5699
5700@defmac SUPPORTS_ONE_ONLY
5701A C expression which evaluates to true if the target supports one-only
5702semantics.
5703
5704If you don't define this macro, @file{varasm.c} provides a default
5705definition.  If @code{MAKE_DECL_ONE_ONLY} is defined, the default
5706definition is @samp{1}; otherwise, it is @samp{0}.  Define this macro if
5707you want to control one-only symbol support with a compiler flag, or if
5708setting the @code{DECL_ONE_ONLY} flag is enough to mark a declaration to
5709be emitted as one-only.
5710@end defmac
5711
5712@hook TARGET_ASM_ASSEMBLE_VISIBILITY
5713
5714@defmac TARGET_WEAK_NOT_IN_ARCHIVE_TOC
5715A C expression that evaluates to true if the target's linker expects
5716that weak symbols do not appear in a static archive's table of contents.
5717The default is @code{0}.
5718
5719Leaving weak symbols out of an archive's table of contents means that,
5720if a symbol will only have a definition in one translation unit and
5721will have undefined references from other translation units, that
5722symbol should not be weak.  Defining this macro to be nonzero will
5723thus have the effect that certain symbols that would normally be weak
5724(explicit template instantiations, and vtables for polymorphic classes
5725with noninline key methods) will instead be nonweak.
5726
5727The C++ ABI requires this macro to be zero.  Define this macro for
5728targets where full C++ ABI compliance is impossible and where linker
5729restrictions require weak symbols to be left out of a static archive's
5730table of contents.
5731@end defmac
5732
5733@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_EXTERNAL (@var{stream}, @var{decl}, @var{name})
5734A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5735@var{stream} any text necessary for declaring the name of an external
5736symbol named @var{name} which is referenced in this compilation but
5737not defined.  The value of @var{decl} is the tree node for the
5738declaration.
5739
5740This macro need not be defined if it does not need to output anything.
5741The GNU assembler and most Unix assemblers don't require anything.
5742@end defmac
5743
5744@hook TARGET_ASM_EXTERNAL_LIBCALL
5745
5746@hook TARGET_ASM_MARK_DECL_PRESERVED
5747
5748@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF (@var{stream}, @var{name})
5749A C statement (sans semicolon) to output to the stdio stream
5750@var{stream} a reference in assembler syntax to a label named
5751@var{name}.  This should add @samp{_} to the front of the name, if that
5752is customary on your operating system, as it is in most Berkeley Unix
5753systems.  This macro is used in @code{assemble_name}.
5754@end defmac
5755
5756@hook TARGET_MANGLE_ASSEMBLER_NAME
5757
5758@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SYMBOL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{sym})
5759A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to
5760@code{SYMBOL_REF} @var{sym}.  If not defined, @code{assemble_name}
5761will be used to output the name of the symbol.  This macro may be used
5762to modify the way a symbol is referenced depending on information
5763encoded by @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}.
5764@end defmac
5765
5766@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL_REF (@var{stream}, @var{buf})
5767A C statement (sans semicolon) to output a reference to @var{buf}, the
5768result of @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.  If not defined,
5769@code{assemble_name} will be used to output the name of the symbol.
5770This macro is not used by @code{output_asm_label}, or the @code{%l}
5771specifier that calls it; the intention is that this macro should be set
5772when it is necessary to output a label differently when its address is
5773being taken.
5774@end defmac
5775
5776@hook TARGET_ASM_INTERNAL_LABEL
5777
5778@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5779A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a debug info
5780label whose name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number
5781@var{num}.  This is useful for VLIW targets, where debug info labels
5782may need to be treated differently than branch target labels.  On some
5783systems, branch target labels must be at the beginning of instruction
5784bundles, but debug info labels can occur in the middle of instruction
5785bundles.
5786
5787If this macro is not defined, then @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} will be
5788used.
5789@end defmac
5790
5791@defmac ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (@var{string}, @var{prefix}, @var{num})
5792A C statement to store into the string @var{string} a label whose name
5793is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{num}.
5794
5795This string, when output subsequently by @code{assemble_name}, should
5796produce the output that @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)} would produce
5797with the same @var{prefix} and @var{num}.
5798
5799If the string begins with @samp{*}, then @code{assemble_name} will
5800output the rest of the string unchanged.  It is often convenient for
5801@code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL} to use @samp{*} in this way.  If the
5802string doesn't start with @samp{*}, then @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} gets
5803to output the string, and may change it.  (Of course,
5804@code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} is also part of your machine description, so
5805you should know what it does on your machine.)
5806@end defmac
5807
5808@defmac ASM_FORMAT_PRIVATE_NAME (@var{outvar}, @var{name}, @var{number})
5809A C expression to assign to @var{outvar} (which is a variable of type
5810@code{char *}) a newly allocated string made from the string
5811@var{name} and the number @var{number}, with some suitable punctuation
5812added.  Use @code{alloca} to get space for the string.
5813
5814The string will be used as an argument to @code{ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF} to
5815produce an assembler label for an internal static variable whose name is
5816@var{name}.  Therefore, the string must be such as to result in valid
5817assembler code.  The argument @var{number} is different each time this
5818macro is executed; it prevents conflicts between similarly-named
5819internal static variables in different scopes.
5820
5821Ideally this string should not be a valid C identifier, to prevent any
5822conflict with the user's own symbols.  Most assemblers allow periods
5823or percent signs in assembler symbols; putting at least one of these
5824between the name and the number will suffice.
5825
5826If this macro is not defined, a default definition will be provided
5827which is correct for most systems.
5828@end defmac
5829
5830@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5831A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5832which defines (equates) the symbol @var{name} to have the value @var{value}.
5833
5834@findex SET_ASM_OP
5835If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5836correct for most systems.
5837@end defmac
5838
5839@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS (@var{stream}, @var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5840A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5841which defines (equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name}
5842to have the value of the tree node @var{decl_of_value}.  This macro will
5843be used in preference to @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} if it is defined and if
5844the tree nodes are available.
5845
5846@findex SET_ASM_OP
5847If @code{SET_ASM_OP} is defined, a default definition is provided which is
5848correct for most systems.
5849@end defmac
5850
5851@defmac TARGET_DEFERRED_OUTPUT_DEFS (@var{decl_of_name}, @var{decl_of_value})
5852A C statement that evaluates to true if the assembler code which defines
5853(equates) the symbol whose tree node is @var{decl_of_name} to have the value
5854of the tree node @var{decl_of_value} should be emitted near the end of the
5855current compilation unit.  The default is to not defer output of defines.
5856This macro affects defines output by @samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} and
5857@samp{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF_FROM_DECLS}.
5858@end defmac
5859
5860@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_WEAK_ALIAS (@var{stream}, @var{name}, @var{value})
5861A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} assembler code
5862which defines (equates) the weak symbol @var{name} to have the value
5863@var{value}.  If @var{value} is @code{NULL}, it defines @var{name} as
5864an undefined weak symbol.
5865
5866Define this macro if the target only supports weak aliases; define
5867@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} instead if possible.
5868@end defmac
5869
5870@defmac OBJC_GEN_METHOD_LABEL (@var{buf}, @var{is_inst}, @var{class_name}, @var{cat_name}, @var{sel_name})
5871Define this macro to override the default assembler names used for
5872Objective-C methods.
5873
5874The default name is a unique method number followed by the name of the
5875class (e.g.@: @samp{_1_Foo}).  For methods in categories, the name of
5876the category is also included in the assembler name (e.g.@:
5877@samp{_1_Foo_Bar}).
5878
5879These names are safe on most systems, but make debugging difficult since
5880the method's selector is not present in the name.  Therefore, particular
5881systems define other ways of computing names.
5882
5883@var{buf} is an expression of type @code{char *} which gives you a
5884buffer in which to store the name; its length is as long as
5885@var{class_name}, @var{cat_name} and @var{sel_name} put together, plus
588650 characters extra.
5887
5888The argument @var{is_inst} specifies whether the method is an instance
5889method or a class method; @var{class_name} is the name of the class;
5890@var{cat_name} is the name of the category (or @code{NULL} if the method is not
5891in a category); and @var{sel_name} is the name of the selector.
5892
5893On systems where the assembler can handle quoted names, you can use this
5894macro to provide more human-readable names.
5895@end defmac
5896
5897@node Initialization
5898@subsection How Initialization Functions Are Handled
5899@cindex initialization routines
5900@cindex termination routines
5901@cindex constructors, output of
5902@cindex destructors, output of
5903
5904The compiled code for certain languages includes @dfn{constructors}
5905(also called @dfn{initialization routines})---functions to initialize
5906data in the program when the program is started.  These functions need
5907to be called before the program is ``started''---that is to say, before
5908@code{main} is called.
5909
5910Compiling some languages generates @dfn{destructors} (also called
5911@dfn{termination routines}) that should be called when the program
5912terminates.
5913
5914To make the initialization and termination functions work, the compiler
5915must output something in the assembler code to cause those functions to
5916be called at the appropriate time.  When you port the compiler to a new
5917system, you need to specify how to do this.
5918
5919There are two major ways that GCC currently supports the execution of
5920initialization and termination functions.  Each way has two variants.
5921Much of the structure is common to all four variations.
5922
5923@findex __CTOR_LIST__
5924@findex __DTOR_LIST__
5925The linker must build two lists of these functions---a list of
5926initialization functions, called @code{__CTOR_LIST__}, and a list of
5927termination functions, called @code{__DTOR_LIST__}.
5928
5929Each list always begins with an ignored function pointer (which may hold
59300, @minus{}1, or a count of the function pointers after it, depending on
5931the environment).  This is followed by a series of zero or more function
5932pointers to constructors (or destructors), followed by a function
5933pointer containing zero.
5934
5935Depending on the operating system and its executable file format, either
5936@file{crtstuff.c} or @file{libgcc2.c} traverses these lists at startup
5937time and exit time.  Constructors are called in reverse order of the
5938list; destructors in forward order.
5939
5940The best way to handle static constructors works only for object file
5941formats which provide arbitrarily-named sections.  A section is set
5942aside for a list of constructors, and another for a list of destructors.
5943Traditionally these are called @samp{.ctors} and @samp{.dtors}.  Each
5944object file that defines an initialization function also puts a word in
5945the constructor section to point to that function.  The linker
5946accumulates all these words into one contiguous @samp{.ctors} section.
5947Termination functions are handled similarly.
5948
5949This method will be chosen as the default by @file{target-def.h} if
5950@code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION} is defined.  A target that does not
5951support arbitrary sections, but does support special designated
5952constructor and destructor sections may define @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5953and @code{DTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP} to achieve the same effect.
5954
5955When arbitrary sections are available, there are two variants, depending
5956upon how the code in @file{crtstuff.c} is called.  On systems that
5957support a @dfn{.init} section which is executed at program startup,
5958parts of @file{crtstuff.c} are compiled into that section.  The
5959program is linked by the @command{gcc} driver like this:
5960
5961@smallexample
5962ld -o @var{output_file} crti.o crtbegin.o @dots{} -lgcc crtend.o crtn.o
5963@end smallexample
5964
5965The prologue of a function (@code{__init}) appears in the @code{.init}
5966section of @file{crti.o}; the epilogue appears in @file{crtn.o}.  Likewise
5967for the function @code{__fini} in the @dfn{.fini} section.  Normally these
5968files are provided by the operating system or by the GNU C library, but
5969are provided by GCC for a few targets.
5970
5971The objects @file{crtbegin.o} and @file{crtend.o} are (for most targets)
5972compiled from @file{crtstuff.c}.  They contain, among other things, code
5973fragments within the @code{.init} and @code{.fini} sections that branch
5974to routines in the @code{.text} section.  The linker will pull all parts
5975of a section together, which results in a complete @code{__init} function
5976that invokes the routines we need at startup.
5977
5978To use this variant, you must define the @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}
5979macro properly.
5980
5981If no init section is available, when GCC compiles any function called
5982@code{main} (or more accurately, any function designated as a program
5983entry point by the language front end calling @code{expand_main_function}),
5984it inserts a procedure call to @code{__main} as the first executable code
5985after the function prologue.  The @code{__main} function is defined
5986in @file{libgcc2.c} and runs the global constructors.
5987
5988In file formats that don't support arbitrary sections, there are again
5989two variants.  In the simplest variant, the GNU linker (GNU @code{ld})
5990and an `a.out' format must be used.  In this case,
5991@code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} is defined to produce a @code{.stabs}
5992entry of type @samp{N_SETT}, referencing the name @code{__CTOR_LIST__},
5993and with the address of the void function containing the initialization
5994code as its value.  The GNU linker recognizes this as a request to add
5995the value to a @dfn{set}; the values are accumulated, and are eventually
5996placed in the executable as a vector in the format described above, with
5997a leading (ignored) count and a trailing zero element.
5998@code{TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR} is handled similarly.  Since no init
5999section is available, the absence of @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP} causes
6000the compilation of @code{main} to call @code{__main} as above, starting
6001the initialization process.
6002
6003The last variant uses neither arbitrary sections nor the GNU linker.
6004This is preferable when you want to do dynamic linking and when using
6005file formats which the GNU linker does not support, such as `ECOFF'@.  In
6006this case, @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is false, initialization and
6007termination functions are recognized simply by their names.  This requires
6008an extra program in the linkage step, called @command{collect2}.  This program
6009pretends to be the linker, for use with GCC; it does its job by running
6010the ordinary linker, but also arranges to include the vectors of
6011initialization and termination functions.  These functions are called
6012via @code{__main} as described above.  In order to use this method,
6013@code{use_collect2} must be defined in the target in @file{config.gcc}.
6014
6015@ifinfo
6016The following section describes the specific macros that control and
6017customize the handling of initialization and termination functions.
6018@end ifinfo
6019
6020@node Macros for Initialization
6021@subsection Macros Controlling Initialization Routines
6022
6023Here are the macros that control how the compiler handles initialization
6024and termination functions:
6025
6026@defmac INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP
6027If defined, a C string constant, including spacing, for the assembler
6028operation to identify the following data as initialization code.  If not
6029defined, GCC will assume such a section does not exist.  When you are
6030using special sections for initialization and termination functions, this
6031macro also controls how @file{crtstuff.c} and @file{libgcc2.c} arrange to
6032run the initialization functions.
6033@end defmac
6034
6035@defmac HAS_INIT_SECTION
6036If defined, @code{main} will not call @code{__main} as described above.
6037This macro should be defined for systems that control start-up code
6038on a symbol-by-symbol basis, such as OSF/1, and should not
6039be defined explicitly for systems that support @code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.
6040@end defmac
6041
6042@defmac LD_INIT_SWITCH
6043If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6044the following symbol is an initialization routine.
6045@end defmac
6046
6047@defmac LD_FINI_SWITCH
6048If defined, a C string constant for a switch that tells the linker that
6049the following symbol is a finalization routine.
6050@end defmac
6051
6052@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_INIT_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6053If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6054automatically called when a shared library is loaded.  The function
6055should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6056the object format requires an explicit initialization function, then a
6057function called @code{_GLOBAL__DI} will be generated.
6058
6059This function and the following one are used by collect2 when linking a
6060shared library that needs constructors or destructors, or has DWARF2
6061exception tables embedded in the code.
6062@end defmac
6063
6064@defmac COLLECT_SHARED_FINI_FUNC (@var{stream}, @var{func})
6065If defined, a C statement that will write a function that can be
6066automatically called when a shared library is unloaded.  The function
6067should call @var{func}, which takes no arguments.  If not defined, and
6068the object format requires an explicit finalization function, then a
6069function called @code{_GLOBAL__DD} will be generated.
6070@end defmac
6071
6072@defmac INVOKE__main
6073If defined, @code{main} will call @code{__main} despite the presence of
6074@code{INIT_SECTION_ASM_OP}.  This macro should be defined for systems
6075where the init section is not actually run automatically, but is still
6076useful for collecting the lists of constructors and destructors.
6077@end defmac
6078
6079@defmac SUPPORTS_INIT_PRIORITY
6080If nonzero, the C++ @code{init_priority} attribute is supported and the
6081compiler should emit instructions to control the order of initialization
6082of objects.  If zero, the compiler will issue an error message upon
6083encountering an @code{init_priority} attribute.
6084@end defmac
6085
6086@hook TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS
6087
6088@hook TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
6089
6090@hook TARGET_ASM_DESTRUCTOR
6091
6092If @code{TARGET_HAVE_CTORS_DTORS} is true, the initialization routine
6093generated for the generated object file will have static linkage.
6094
6095If your system uses @command{collect2} as the means of processing
6096constructors, then that program normally uses @command{nm} to scan
6097an object file for constructor functions to be called.
6098
6099On certain kinds of systems, you can define this macro to make
6100@command{collect2} work faster (and, in some cases, make it work at all):
6101
6102@defmac OBJECT_FORMAT_COFF
6103Define this macro if the system uses COFF (Common Object File Format)
6104object files, so that @command{collect2} can assume this format and scan
6105object files directly for dynamic constructor/destructor functions.
6106
6107This macro is effective only in a native compiler; @command{collect2} as
6108part of a cross compiler always uses @command{nm} for the target machine.
6109@end defmac
6110
6111@defmac REAL_NM_FILE_NAME
6112Define this macro as a C string constant containing the file name to use
6113to execute @command{nm}.  The default is to search the path normally for
6114@command{nm}.
6115@end defmac
6116
6117@defmac NM_FLAGS
6118@command{collect2} calls @command{nm} to scan object files for static
6119constructors and destructors and LTO info.  By default, @option{-n} is
6120passed.  Define @code{NM_FLAGS} to a C string constant if other options
6121are needed to get the same output format as GNU @command{nm -n}
6122produces.
6123@end defmac
6124
6125If your system supports shared libraries and has a program to list the
6126dynamic dependencies of a given library or executable, you can define
6127these macros to enable support for running initialization and
6128termination functions in shared libraries:
6129
6130@defmac LDD_SUFFIX
6131Define this macro to a C string constant containing the name of the program
6132which lists dynamic dependencies, like @command{ldd} under SunOS 4.
6133@end defmac
6134
6135@defmac PARSE_LDD_OUTPUT (@var{ptr})
6136Define this macro to be C code that extracts filenames from the output
6137of the program denoted by @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  @var{ptr} is a variable
6138of type @code{char *} that points to the beginning of a line of output
6139from @code{LDD_SUFFIX}.  If the line lists a dynamic dependency, the
6140code must advance @var{ptr} to the beginning of the filename on that
6141line.  Otherwise, it must set @var{ptr} to @code{NULL}.
6142@end defmac
6143
6144@defmac SHLIB_SUFFIX
6145Define this macro to a C string constant containing the default shared
6146library extension of the target (e.g., @samp{".so"}).  @command{collect2}
6147strips version information after this suffix when generating global
6148constructor and destructor names.  This define is only needed on targets
6149that use @command{collect2} to process constructors and destructors.
6150@end defmac
6151
6152@node Instruction Output
6153@subsection Output of Assembler Instructions
6154
6155@c prevent bad page break with this line
6156This describes assembler instruction output.
6157
6158@defmac REGISTER_NAMES
6159A C initializer containing the assembler's names for the machine
6160registers, each one as a C string constant.  This is what translates
6161register numbers in the compiler into assembler language.
6162@end defmac
6163
6164@defmac ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES
6165If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a name
6166and a register number.  This macro defines additional names for hard
6167registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in declarations to refer
6168to registers using alternate names.
6169@end defmac
6170
6171@defmac OVERLAPPING_REGISTER_NAMES
6172If defined, a C initializer for an array of structures containing a
6173name, a register number and a count of the number of consecutive
6174machine registers the name overlaps.  This macro defines additional
6175names for hard registers, thus allowing the @code{asm} option in
6176declarations to refer to registers using alternate names.  Unlike
6177@code{ADDITIONAL_REGISTER_NAMES}, this macro should be used when the
6178register name implies multiple underlying registers.
6179
6180This macro should be used when it is important that a clobber in an
6181@code{asm} statement clobbers all the underlying values implied by the
6182register name.  For example, on ARM, clobbering the double-precision
6183VFP register ``d0'' implies clobbering both single-precision registers
6184``s0'' and ``s1''.
6185@end defmac
6186
6187@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_OPCODE (@var{stream}, @var{ptr})
6188Define this macro if you are using an unusual assembler that
6189requires different names for the machine instructions.
6190
6191The definition is a C statement or statements which output an
6192assembler instruction opcode to the stdio stream @var{stream}.  The
6193macro-operand @var{ptr} is a variable of type @code{char *} which
6194points to the opcode name in its ``internal'' form---the form that is
6195written in the machine description.  The definition should output the
6196opcode name to @var{stream}, performing any translation you desire, and
6197increment the variable @var{ptr} to point at the end of the opcode
6198so that it will not be output twice.
6199
6200In fact, your macro definition may process less than the entire opcode
6201name, or more than the opcode name; but if you want to process text
6202that includes @samp{%}-sequences to substitute operands, you must take
6203care of the substitution yourself.  Just be sure to increment
6204@var{ptr} over whatever text should not be output normally.
6205
6206@findex recog_data.operand
6207If you need to look at the operand values, they can be found as the
6208elements of @code{recog_data.operand}.
6209
6210If the macro definition does nothing, the instruction is output
6211in the usual way.
6212@end defmac
6213
6214@defmac FINAL_PRESCAN_INSN (@var{insn}, @var{opvec}, @var{noperands})
6215If defined, a C statement to be executed just prior to the output of
6216assembler code for @var{insn}, to modify the extracted operands so
6217they will be output differently.
6218
6219Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands
6220extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of
6221elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.
6222The contents of this vector are what will be used to convert the insn
6223template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler output
6224by changing the contents of the vector.
6225
6226This macro is useful when various assembler syntaxes share a single
6227file of instruction patterns; by defining this macro differently, you
6228can cause a large class of instructions to be output differently (such
6229as with rearranged operands).  Naturally, variations in assembler
6230syntax affecting individual insn patterns ought to be handled by
6231writing conditional output routines in those patterns.
6232
6233If this macro is not defined, it is equivalent to a null statement.
6234@end defmac
6235
6236@hook TARGET_ASM_FINAL_POSTSCAN_INSN
6237
6238@defmac PRINT_OPERAND (@var{stream}, @var{x}, @var{code})
6239A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6240assembler syntax for an instruction operand @var{x}.  @var{x} is an
6241RTL expression.
6242
6243@var{code} is a value that can be used to specify one of several ways
6244of printing the operand.  It is used when identical operands must be
6245printed differently depending on the context.  @var{code} comes from
6246the @samp{%} specification that was used to request printing of the
6247operand.  If the specification was just @samp{%@var{digit}} then
6248@var{code} is 0; if the specification was @samp{%@var{ltr}
6249@var{digit}} then @var{code} is the ASCII code for @var{ltr}.
6250
6251@findex reg_names
6252If @var{x} is a register, this macro should print the register's name.
6253The names can be found in an array @code{reg_names} whose type is
6254@code{char *[]}.  @code{reg_names} is initialized from
6255@code{REGISTER_NAMES}.
6256
6257When the machine description has a specification @samp{%@var{punct}}
6258(a @samp{%} followed by a punctuation character), this macro is called
6259with a null pointer for @var{x} and the punctuation character for
6260@var{code}.
6261@end defmac
6262
6263@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P (@var{code})
6264A C expression which evaluates to true if @var{code} is a valid
6265punctuation character for use in the @code{PRINT_OPERAND} macro.  If
6266@code{PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P} is not defined, it means that no
6267punctuation characters (except for the standard one, @samp{%}) are used
6268in this way.
6269@end defmac
6270
6271@defmac PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS (@var{stream}, @var{x})
6272A C compound statement to output to stdio stream @var{stream} the
6273assembler syntax for an instruction operand that is a memory reference
6274whose address is @var{x}.  @var{x} is an RTL expression.
6275
6276@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} usage
6277On some machines, the syntax for a symbolic address depends on the
6278section that the address refers to.  On these machines, define the hook
6279@code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information into the
6280@code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here.  @xref{Assembler
6281Format}.
6282@end defmac
6283
6284@findex dbr_sequence_length
6285@defmac DBR_OUTPUT_SEQEND (@var{file})
6286A C statement, to be executed after all slot-filler instructions have
6287been output.  If necessary, call @code{dbr_sequence_length} to
6288determine the number of slots filled in a sequence (zero if not
6289currently outputting a sequence), to decide how many no-ops to output,
6290or whatever.
6291
6292Don't define this macro if it has nothing to do, but it is helpful in
6293reading assembly output if the extent of the delay sequence is made
6294explicit (e.g.@: with white space).
6295@end defmac
6296
6297@findex final_sequence
6298Note that output routines for instructions with delay slots must be
6299prepared to deal with not being output as part of a sequence
6300(i.e.@: when the scheduling pass is not run, or when no slot fillers could be
6301found.)  The variable @code{final_sequence} is null when not
6302processing a sequence, otherwise it contains the @code{sequence} rtx
6303being output.
6304
6305@findex asm_fprintf
6306@defmac REGISTER_PREFIX
6307@defmacx LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX
6308@defmacx USER_LABEL_PREFIX
6309@defmacx IMMEDIATE_PREFIX
6310If defined, C string expressions to be used for the @samp{%R}, @samp{%L},
6311@samp{%U}, and @samp{%I} options of @code{asm_fprintf} (see
6312@file{final.c}).  These are useful when a single @file{md} file must
6313support multiple assembler formats.  In that case, the various @file{tm.h}
6314files can define these macros differently.
6315@end defmac
6316
6317@defmac ASM_FPRINTF_EXTENSIONS (@var{file}, @var{argptr}, @var{format})
6318If defined this macro should expand to a series of @code{case}
6319statements which will be parsed inside the @code{switch} statement of
6320the @code{asm_fprintf} function.  This allows targets to define extra
6321printf formats which may useful when generating their assembler
6322statements.  Note that uppercase letters are reserved for future
6323generic extensions to asm_fprintf, and so are not available to target
6324specific code.  The output file is given by the parameter @var{file}.
6325The varargs input pointer is @var{argptr} and the rest of the format
6326string, starting the character after the one that is being switched
6327upon, is pointed to by @var{format}.
6328@end defmac
6329
6330@defmac ASSEMBLER_DIALECT
6331If your target supports multiple dialects of assembler language (such as
6332different opcodes), define this macro as a C expression that gives the
6333numeric index of the assembler language dialect to use, with zero as the
6334first variant.
6335
6336If this macro is defined, you may use constructs of the form
6337@smallexample
6338@samp{@{option0|option1|option2@dots{}@}}
6339@end smallexample
6340@noindent
6341in the output templates of patterns (@pxref{Output Template}) or in the
6342first argument of @code{asm_fprintf}.  This construct outputs
6343@samp{option0}, @samp{option1}, @samp{option2}, etc., if the value of
6344@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} is zero, one, two, etc.  Any special characters
6345within these strings retain their usual meaning.  If there are fewer
6346alternatives within the braces than the value of
6347@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT}, the construct outputs nothing. If it's needed
6348to print curly braces or @samp{|} character in assembler output directly,
6349@samp{%@{}, @samp{%@}} and @samp{%|} can be used.
6350
6351If you do not define this macro, the characters @samp{@{}, @samp{|} and
6352@samp{@}} do not have any special meaning when used in templates or
6353operands to @code{asm_fprintf}.
6354
6355Define the macros @code{REGISTER_PREFIX}, @code{LOCAL_LABEL_PREFIX},
6356@code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX} and @code{IMMEDIATE_PREFIX} if you can express
6357the variations in assembler language syntax with that mechanism.  Define
6358@code{ASSEMBLER_DIALECT} and use the @samp{@{option0|option1@}} syntax
6359if the syntax variant are larger and involve such things as different
6360opcodes or operand order.
6361@end defmac
6362
6363@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_PUSH (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6364A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6365which will push hard register number @var{regno} onto the stack.
6366The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6367profiling.
6368@end defmac
6369
6370@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_REG_POP (@var{stream}, @var{regno})
6371A C expression to output to @var{stream} some assembler code
6372which will pop hard register number @var{regno} off of the stack.
6373The code need not be optimal, since this macro is used only when
6374profiling.
6375@end defmac
6376
6377@node Dispatch Tables
6378@subsection Output of Dispatch Tables
6379
6380@c prevent bad page break with this line
6381This concerns dispatch tables.
6382
6383@cindex dispatch table
6384@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_DIFF_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{body}, @var{value}, @var{rel})
6385A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6386pseudo-instruction to generate a difference between two labels.
6387@var{value} and @var{rel} are the numbers of two internal labels.  The
6388definitions of these labels are output using
6389@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}, and they must be printed in the same
6390way here.  For example,
6391
6392@smallexample
6393fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d-L%d\n",
6394         @var{value}, @var{rel})
6395@end smallexample
6396
6397You must provide this macro on machines where the addresses in a
6398dispatch table are relative to the table's own address.  If defined, GCC
6399will also use this macro on all machines when producing PIC@.
6400@var{body} is the body of the @code{ADDR_DIFF_VEC}; it is provided so that the
6401mode and flags can be read.
6402@end defmac
6403
6404@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT (@var{stream}, @var{value})
6405This macro should be provided on machines where the addresses
6406in a dispatch table are absolute.
6407
6408The definition should be a C statement to output to the stdio stream
6409@var{stream} an assembler pseudo-instruction to generate a reference to
6410a label.  @var{value} is the number of an internal label whose
6411definition is output using @code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6412For example,
6413
6414@smallexample
6415fprintf (@var{stream}, "\t.word L%d\n", @var{value})
6416@end smallexample
6417@end defmac
6418
6419@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_LABEL (@var{stream}, @var{prefix}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6420Define this if the label before a jump-table needs to be output
6421specially.  The first three arguments are the same as for
6422@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}; the fourth argument is the
6423jump-table which follows (a @code{jump_table_data} containing an
6424@code{addr_vec} or @code{addr_diff_vec}).
6425
6426This feature is used on system V to output a @code{swbeg} statement
6427for the table.
6428
6429If this macro is not defined, these labels are output with
6430@code{(*targetm.asm_out.internal_label)}.
6431@end defmac
6432
6433@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_CASE_END (@var{stream}, @var{num}, @var{table})
6434Define this if something special must be output at the end of a
6435jump-table.  The definition should be a C statement to be executed
6436after the assembler code for the table is written.  It should write
6437the appropriate code to stdio stream @var{stream}.  The argument
6438@var{table} is the jump-table insn, and @var{num} is the label-number
6439of the preceding label.
6440
6441If this macro is not defined, nothing special is output at the end of
6442the jump-table.
6443@end defmac
6444
6445@hook TARGET_ASM_POST_CFI_STARTPROC
6446
6447@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_UNWIND_LABEL
6448
6449@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_TABLE_LABEL
6450
6451@hook TARGET_ASM_EMIT_EXCEPT_PERSONALITY
6452
6453@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT
6454
6455@hook TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT_BEFORE_INSN
6456
6457@hook TARGET_ASM_SHOULD_RESTORE_CFA_STATE
6458
6459@node Exception Region Output
6460@subsection Assembler Commands for Exception Regions
6461
6462@c prevent bad page break with this line
6463
6464This describes commands marking the start and the end of an exception
6465region.
6466
6467@defmac EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
6468If defined, a C string constant for the name of the section containing
6469exception handling frame unwind information.  If not defined, GCC will
6470provide a default definition if the target supports named sections.
6471@file{crtstuff.c} uses this macro to switch to the appropriate section.
6472
6473You should define this symbol if your target supports DWARF 2 frame
6474unwind information and the default definition does not work.
6475@end defmac
6476
6477@defmac EH_FRAME_THROUGH_COLLECT2
6478If defined, DWARF 2 frame unwind information will identified by
6479specially named labels.  The collect2 process will locate these
6480labels and generate code to register the frames.
6481
6482This might be necessary, for instance, if the system linker will not
6483place the eh_frames in-between the sentinals from @file{crtstuff.c},
6484or if the system linker does garbage collection and sections cannot
6485be marked as not to be collected.
6486@end defmac
6487
6488@defmac EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
6489Define this macro to 1 if your target is such that no frame unwind
6490information encoding used with non-PIC code will ever require a
6491runtime relocation, but the linker may not support merging read-only
6492and read-write sections into a single read-write section.
6493@end defmac
6494
6495@defmac MASK_RETURN_ADDR
6496An rtx used to mask the return address found via @code{RETURN_ADDR_RTX}, so
6497that it does not contain any extraneous set bits in it.
6498@end defmac
6499
6500@defmac DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
6501Define this macro to 0 if your target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6502information, but it does not yet work with exception handling.
6503Otherwise, if your target supports this information (if it defines
6504@code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and @code{OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF}),
6505GCC will provide a default definition of 1.
6506@end defmac
6507
6508@hook TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO
6509This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for exception handling
6510by the target.  If the target has ABI specified unwind tables, the hook
6511should return @code{UI_TARGET}.  If the target is to use the
6512@code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling scheme, the hook
6513should return @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind
6514information, the hook should return @code{UI_DWARF2}.
6515
6516A target may, if exceptions are disabled, choose to return @code{UI_NONE}.
6517This may end up simplifying other parts of target-specific code.  The
6518default implementation of this hook never returns @code{UI_NONE}.
6519
6520Note that the value returned by this hook should be constant.  It should
6521not depend on anything except the command-line switches described by
6522@var{opts}.  In particular, the
6523setting @code{UI_SJLJ} must be fixed at compiler start-up as C pre-processor
6524macros and builtin functions related to exception handling are set up
6525depending on this setting.
6526
6527The default implementation of the hook first honors the
6528@option{--enable-sjlj-exceptions} configure option, then
6529@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO}, and finally defaults to @code{UI_SJLJ}.  If
6530@code{DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO} depends on command-line options, the target
6531must define this hook so that @var{opts} is used correctly.
6532@end deftypefn
6533
6534@hook TARGET_UNWIND_TABLES_DEFAULT
6535This variable should be set to @code{true} if the target ABI requires unwinding
6536tables even when exceptions are not used.  It must not be modified by
6537command-line option processing.
6538@end deftypevr
6539
6540@defmac DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP
6541Define this macro to 1 if the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based scheme
6542should use the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp} functions from the C library
6543instead of the @code{__builtin_setjmp}/@code{__builtin_longjmp} machinery.
6544@end defmac
6545
6546@defmac JMP_BUF_SIZE
6547This macro has no effect unless @code{DONT_USE_BUILTIN_SETJMP} is also
6548defined.  Define this macro if the default size of @code{jmp_buf} buffer
6549for the @code{setjmp}/@code{longjmp}-based exception handling mechanism
6550is not large enough, or if it is much too large.
6551The default size is @code{FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER * sizeof(void *)}.
6552@end defmac
6553
6554@defmac DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
6555This macro need only be defined if the target might save registers in the
6556function prologue at an offset to the stack pointer that is not aligned to
6557@code{UNITS_PER_WORD}.  The definition should be the negative minimum
6558alignment if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is true, and the positive
6559minimum alignment otherwise.  @xref{DWARF}.  Only applicable if
6560the target supports DWARF 2 frame unwind information.
6561@end defmac
6562
6563@hook TARGET_TERMINATE_DW2_EH_FRAME_INFO
6564
6565@hook TARGET_DWARF_REGISTER_SPAN
6566
6567@hook TARGET_DWARF_FRAME_REG_MODE
6568
6569@hook TARGET_INIT_DWARF_REG_SIZES_EXTRA
6570
6571@hook TARGET_ASM_TTYPE
6572
6573@hook TARGET_ARM_EABI_UNWINDER
6574
6575@node Alignment Output
6576@subsection Assembler Commands for Alignment
6577
6578@c prevent bad page break with this line
6579This describes commands for alignment.
6580
6581@defmac JUMP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6582The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which is
6583a common destination of jumps and has no fallthru incoming edge.
6584
6585This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6586to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6587define the macro.
6588
6589Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6590to set the variable @var{align_jumps} in the target's
6591@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6592selection in @var{align_jumps} in a @code{JUMP_ALIGN} implementation.
6593@end defmac
6594
6595@defmac LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER (@var{label})
6596The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}, which follows
6597a @code{BARRIER}.
6598
6599This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6600to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6601define the macro.
6602@end defmac
6603
6604@defmac LOOP_ALIGN (@var{label})
6605The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label} that heads
6606a frequently executed basic block (usually the header of a loop).
6607
6608This macro need not be defined if you don't want any special alignment
6609to be done at such a time.  Most machine descriptions do not currently
6610define the macro.
6611
6612Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6613to set the variable @code{align_loops} in the target's
6614@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6615selection in @code{align_loops} in a @code{LOOP_ALIGN} implementation.
6616@end defmac
6617
6618@defmac LABEL_ALIGN (@var{label})
6619The alignment (log base 2) to put in front of @var{label}.
6620If @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER} / @code{LOOP_ALIGN} specify a different alignment,
6621the maximum of the specified values is used.
6622
6623Unless it's necessary to inspect the @var{label} parameter, it is better
6624to set the variable @code{align_labels} in the target's
6625@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.  Otherwise, you should try to honor the user's
6626selection in @code{align_labels} in a @code{LABEL_ALIGN} implementation.
6627@end defmac
6628
6629@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP (@var{stream}, @var{nbytes})
6630A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6631instruction to advance the location counter by @var{nbytes} bytes.
6632Those bytes should be zero when loaded.  @var{nbytes} will be a C
6633expression of type @code{unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT}.
6634@end defmac
6635
6636@defmac ASM_NO_SKIP_IN_TEXT
6637Define this macro if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} should not be used in the
6638text section because it fails to put zeros in the bytes that are skipped.
6639This is true on many Unix systems, where the pseudo--op to skip bytes
6640produces no-op instructions rather than zeros when used in the text
6641section.
6642@end defmac
6643
6644@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6645A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6646command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6647@var{power} bytes.  @var{power} will be a C expression of type @code{int}.
6648@end defmac
6649
6650@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN_WITH_NOP (@var{stream}, @var{power})
6651Like @code{ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN}, except that the ``nop'' instruction is used
6652for padding, if necessary.
6653@end defmac
6654
6655@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN (@var{stream}, @var{power}, @var{max_skip})
6656A C statement to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} an assembler
6657command to advance the location counter to a multiple of 2 to the
6658@var{power} bytes, but only if @var{max_skip} or fewer bytes are needed to
6659satisfy the alignment request.  @var{power} and @var{max_skip} will be
6660a C expression of type @code{int}.
6661@end defmac
6662
6663@need 3000
6664@node Debugging Info
6665@section Controlling Debugging Information Format
6666
6667@c prevent bad page break with this line
6668This describes how to specify debugging information.
6669
6670@menu
6671* All Debuggers::      Macros that affect all debugging formats uniformly.
6672* DBX Options::        Macros enabling specific options in DBX format.
6673* DBX Hooks::          Hook macros for varying DBX format.
6674* File Names and DBX:: Macros controlling output of file names in DBX format.
6675* DWARF::              Macros for DWARF format.
6676* VMS Debug::          Macros for VMS debug format.
6677@end menu
6678
6679@node All Debuggers
6680@subsection Macros Affecting All Debugging Formats
6681
6682@c prevent bad page break with this line
6683These macros affect all debugging formats.
6684
6685@defmac DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (@var{regno})
6686A C expression that returns the DBX register number for the compiler
6687register number @var{regno}.  In the default macro provided, the value
6688of this expression will be @var{regno} itself.  But sometimes there are
6689some registers that the compiler knows about and DBX does not, or vice
6690versa.  In such cases, some register may need to have one number in the
6691compiler and another for DBX@.
6692
6693If two registers have consecutive numbers inside GCC, and they can be
6694used as a pair to hold a multiword value, then they @emph{must} have
6695consecutive numbers after renumbering with @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER}.
6696Otherwise, debuggers will be unable to access such a pair, because they
6697expect register pairs to be consecutive in their own numbering scheme.
6698
6699If you find yourself defining @code{DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER} in way that
6700does not preserve register pairs, then what you must do instead is
6701redefine the actual register numbering scheme.
6702@end defmac
6703
6704@defmac DEBUGGER_AUTO_OFFSET (@var{x})
6705A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an automatic
6706variable having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The default
6707computation assumes that @var{x} is based on the frame-pointer and
6708gives the offset from the frame-pointer.  This is required for targets
6709that produce debugging output for DBX and allow the frame-pointer to be
6710eliminated when the @option{-g} option is used.
6711@end defmac
6712
6713@defmac DEBUGGER_ARG_OFFSET (@var{offset}, @var{x})
6714A C expression that returns the integer offset value for an argument
6715having address @var{x} (an RTL expression).  The nominal offset is
6716@var{offset}.
6717@end defmac
6718
6719@defmac PREFERRED_DEBUGGING_TYPE
6720A C expression that returns the type of debugging output GCC should
6721produce when the user specifies just @option{-g}.  Define
6722this if you have arranged for GCC to support more than one format of
6723debugging output.  Currently, the allowable values are @code{DBX_DEBUG},
6724@code{DWARF2_DEBUG}, @code{XCOFF_DEBUG}, @code{VMS_DEBUG},
6725and @code{VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG}.
6726
6727When the user specifies @option{-ggdb}, GCC normally also uses the
6728value of this macro to select the debugging output format, but with two
6729exceptions.  If @code{DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO} is defined, GCC uses the
6730value @code{DWARF2_DEBUG}.  Otherwise, if @code{DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO} is
6731defined, GCC uses @code{DBX_DEBUG}.
6732
6733The value of this macro only affects the default debugging output; the
6734user can always get a specific type of output by using @option{-gstabs},
6735@option{-gdwarf-2}, @option{-gxcoff}, or @option{-gvms}.
6736@end defmac
6737
6738@node DBX Options
6739@subsection Specific Options for DBX Output
6740
6741@c prevent bad page break with this line
6742These are specific options for DBX output.
6743
6744@defmac DBX_DEBUGGING_INFO
6745Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for DBX
6746in response to the @option{-g} option.
6747@end defmac
6748
6749@defmac XCOFF_DEBUGGING_INFO
6750Define this macro if GCC should produce XCOFF format debugging output
6751in response to the @option{-g} option.  This is a variant of DBX format.
6752@end defmac
6753
6754@defmac DEFAULT_GDB_EXTENSIONS
6755Define this macro to control whether GCC should by default generate
6756GDB's extended version of DBX debugging information (assuming DBX-format
6757debugging information is enabled at all).  If you don't define the
6758macro, the default is 1: always generate the extended information
6759if there is any occasion to.
6760@end defmac
6761
6762@defmac DEBUG_SYMS_TEXT
6763Define this macro if all @code{.stabs} commands should be output while
6764in the text section.
6765@end defmac
6766
6767@defmac ASM_STABS_OP
6768A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6769use instead of @code{"\t.stabs\t"} to define an ordinary debugging symbol.
6770If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabs\t"} is used.  This macro
6771applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6772@end defmac
6773
6774@defmac ASM_STABD_OP
6775A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6776use instead of @code{"\t.stabd\t"} to define a debugging symbol whose
6777value is the current location.  If you don't define this macro,
6778@code{"\t.stabd\t"} is used.  This macro applies only to DBX debugging
6779information format.
6780@end defmac
6781
6782@defmac ASM_STABN_OP
6783A C string constant, including spacing, naming the assembler pseudo op to
6784use instead of @code{"\t.stabn\t"} to define a debugging symbol with no
6785name.  If you don't define this macro, @code{"\t.stabn\t"} is used.  This
6786macro applies only to DBX debugging information format.
6787@end defmac
6788
6789@defmac DBX_NO_XREFS
6790Define this macro if DBX on your system does not support the construct
6791@samp{xs@var{tagname}}.  On some systems, this construct is used to
6792describe a forward reference to a structure named @var{tagname}.
6793On other systems, this construct is not supported at all.
6794@end defmac
6795
6796@defmac DBX_CONTIN_LENGTH
6797A symbol name in DBX-format debugging information is normally
6798continued (split into two separate @code{.stabs} directives) when it
6799exceeds a certain length (by default, 80 characters).  On some
6800operating systems, DBX requires this splitting; on others, splitting
6801must not be done.  You can inhibit splitting by defining this macro
6802with the value zero.  You can override the default splitting-length by
6803defining this macro as an expression for the length you desire.
6804@end defmac
6805
6806@defmac DBX_CONTIN_CHAR
6807Normally continuation is indicated by adding a @samp{\} character to
6808the end of a @code{.stabs} string when a continuation follows.  To use
6809a different character instead, define this macro as a character
6810constant for the character you want to use.  Do not define this macro
6811if backslash is correct for your system.
6812@end defmac
6813
6814@defmac DBX_STATIC_STAB_DATA_SECTION
6815Define this macro if it is necessary to go to the data section before
6816outputting the @samp{.stabs} pseudo-op for a non-global static
6817variable.
6818@end defmac
6819
6820@defmac DBX_TYPE_DECL_STABS_CODE
6821The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6822for a typedef.  The default is @code{N_LSYM}.
6823@end defmac
6824
6825@defmac DBX_STATIC_CONST_VAR_CODE
6826The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6827for a static variable located in the text section.  DBX format does not
6828provide any ``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_FUN}.
6829@end defmac
6830
6831@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_CODE
6832The value to use in the ``code'' field of the @code{.stabs} directive
6833for a parameter passed in registers.  DBX format does not provide any
6834``right'' way to do this.  The default is @code{N_RSYM}.
6835@end defmac
6836
6837@defmac DBX_REGPARM_STABS_LETTER
6838The letter to use in DBX symbol data to identify a symbol as a parameter
6839passed in registers.  DBX format does not customarily provide any way to
6840do this.  The default is @code{'P'}.
6841@end defmac
6842
6843@defmac DBX_FUNCTION_FIRST
6844Define this macro if the DBX information for a function and its
6845arguments should precede the assembler code for the function.  Normally,
6846in DBX format, the debugging information entirely follows the assembler
6847code.
6848@end defmac
6849
6850@defmac DBX_BLOCKS_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6851Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol describing
6852the scope of a block (@code{N_LBRAC} or @code{N_RBRAC}) should be
6853relative to the start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses
6854an absolute address.
6855@end defmac
6856
6857@defmac DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE
6858Define this macro, with value 1, if the value of a symbol indicating
6859the current line number (@code{N_SLINE}) should be relative to the
6860start of the enclosing function.  Normally, GCC uses an absolute address.
6861@end defmac
6862
6863@defmac DBX_USE_BINCL
6864Define this macro if GCC should generate @code{N_BINCL} and
6865@code{N_EINCL} stabs for included header files, as on Sun systems.  This
6866macro also directs GCC to output a type number as a pair of a file
6867number and a type number within the file.  Normally, GCC does not
6868generate @code{N_BINCL} or @code{N_EINCL} stabs, and it outputs a single
6869number for a type number.
6870@end defmac
6871
6872@node DBX Hooks
6873@subsection Open-Ended Hooks for DBX Format
6874
6875@c prevent bad page break with this line
6876These are hooks for DBX format.
6877
6878@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (@var{stream}, @var{line}, @var{counter})
6879A C statement to output DBX debugging information before code for line
6880number @var{line} of the current source file to the stdio stream
6881@var{stream}.  @var{counter} is the number of time the macro was
6882invoked, including the current invocation; it is intended to generate
6883unique labels in the assembly output.
6884
6885This macro should not be defined if the default output is correct, or
6886if it can be made correct by defining @code{DBX_LINES_FUNCTION_RELATIVE}.
6887@end defmac
6888
6889@defmac NO_DBX_FUNCTION_END
6890Some stabs encapsulation formats (in particular ECOFF), cannot handle the
6891@code{.stabs "",N_FUN,,0,0,Lscope-function-1} gdb dbx extension construct.
6892On those machines, define this macro to turn this feature off without
6893disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6894@end defmac
6895
6896@defmac NO_DBX_BNSYM_ENSYM
6897Some assemblers cannot handle the @code{.stabd BNSYM/ENSYM,0,0} gdb dbx
6898extension construct.  On those machines, define this macro to turn this
6899feature off without disturbing the rest of the gdb extensions.
6900@end defmac
6901
6902@node File Names and DBX
6903@subsection File Names in DBX Format
6904
6905@c prevent bad page break with this line
6906This describes file names in DBX format.
6907
6908@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILENAME (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6909A C statement to output DBX debugging information to the stdio stream
6910@var{stream}, which indicates that file @var{name} is the main source
6911file---the file specified as the input file for compilation.
6912This macro is called only once, at the beginning of compilation.
6913
6914This macro need not be defined if the standard form of output
6915for DBX debugging information is appropriate.
6916
6917It may be necessary to refer to a label equal to the beginning of the
6918text section.  You can use @samp{assemble_name (stream, ltext_label_name)}
6919to do so.  If you do this, you must also set the variable
6920@var{used_ltext_label_name} to @code{true}.
6921@end defmac
6922
6923@defmac NO_DBX_MAIN_SOURCE_DIRECTORY
6924Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6925of the current directory for compilation and current source language at
6926the beginning of the file.
6927@end defmac
6928
6929@defmac NO_DBX_GCC_MARKER
6930Define this macro, with value 1, if GCC should not emit an indication
6931that this object file was compiled by GCC@.  The default is to emit
6932an @code{N_OPT} stab at the beginning of every source file, with
6933@samp{gcc2_compiled.} for the string and value 0.
6934@end defmac
6935
6936@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END (@var{stream}, @var{name})
6937A C statement to output DBX debugging information at the end of
6938compilation of the main source file @var{name}.  Output should be
6939written to the stdio stream @var{stream}.
6940
6941If you don't define this macro, nothing special is output at the end
6942of compilation, which is correct for most machines.
6943@end defmac
6944
6945@defmac DBX_OUTPUT_NULL_N_SO_AT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END
6946Define this macro @emph{instead of} defining
6947@code{DBX_OUTPUT_MAIN_SOURCE_FILE_END}, if what needs to be output at
6948the end of compilation is an @code{N_SO} stab with an empty string,
6949whose value is the highest absolute text address in the file.
6950@end defmac
6951
6952@need 2000
6953@node DWARF
6954@subsection Macros for DWARF Output
6955
6956@c prevent bad page break with this line
6957Here are macros for DWARF output.
6958
6959@defmac DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6960Define this macro if GCC should produce dwarf version 2 format
6961debugging output in response to the @option{-g} option.
6962
6963@hook TARGET_DWARF_CALLING_CONVENTION
6964
6965To support optional call frame debugging information, you must also
6966define @code{INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX} and either set
6967@code{RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P} on the prologue insns if you use RTL for the
6968prologue, or call @code{dwarf2out_def_cfa} and @code{dwarf2out_reg_save}
6969as appropriate from @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} if you don't.
6970@end defmac
6971
6972@defmac DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
6973Define this macro to a nonzero value if GCC should always output
6974Dwarf 2 frame information.  If @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}
6975(@pxref{Exception Region Output}) returns @code{UI_DWARF2}, and
6976exceptions are enabled, GCC will output this information not matter
6977how you define @code{DWARF2_FRAME_INFO}.
6978@end defmac
6979
6980@hook TARGET_DEBUG_UNWIND_INFO
6981
6982@defmac DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
6983Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler can generate Dwarf 2
6984line debug info sections.  This will result in much more compact line number
6985tables, and hence is desirable if it works.
6986@end defmac
6987
6988@defmac DWARF2_ASM_VIEW_DEBUG_INFO
6989Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the assembler supports view
6990assignment and verification in @code{.loc}.  If it does not, but the
6991user enables location views, the compiler may have to fallback to
6992internal line number tables.
6993@end defmac
6994
6995@hook TARGET_RESET_LOCATION_VIEW
6996
6997@hook TARGET_WANT_DEBUG_PUB_SECTIONS
6998
6999@hook TARGET_DELAY_SCHED2
7000
7001@hook TARGET_DELAY_VARTRACK
7002
7003@hook TARGET_NO_REGISTER_ALLOCATION
7004
7005@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7006A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7007@var{lab1} minus @var{lab2}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7008@end defmac
7009
7010@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_VMS_DELTA (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label1}, @var{label2})
7011A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a difference
7012between the two given labels in system defined units, e.g.@: instruction
7013slots on IA64 VMS, using an integer of the given size.
7014@end defmac
7015
7016@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_OFFSET (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label}, @var{offset}, @var{section})
7017A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a
7018section-relative reference to the given @var{label} plus @var{offset}, using
7019an integer of the given @var{size}.  The label is known to be defined in the
7020given @var{section}.
7021@end defmac
7022
7023@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_PCREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7024A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a self-relative
7025reference to the given @var{label}, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7026@end defmac
7027
7028@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DATAREL (@var{stream}, @var{size}, @var{label})
7029A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to the
7030given @var{label} relative to the dbase, using an integer of the given @var{size}.
7031@end defmac
7032
7033@defmac ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (@var{label})
7034A C statement to issue assembly directives that create a reference to
7035the DWARF table identifier @var{label} from the current section.  This
7036is used on some systems to avoid garbage collecting a DWARF table which
7037is referenced by a function.
7038@end defmac
7039
7040@hook TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
7041
7042@need 2000
7043@node VMS Debug
7044@subsection Macros for VMS Debug Format
7045
7046@c prevent bad page break with this line
7047Here are macros for VMS debug format.
7048
7049@defmac VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
7050Define this macro if GCC should produce debugging output for VMS
7051in response to the @option{-g} option.  The default behavior for VMS
7052is to generate minimal debug info for a traceback in the absence of
7053@option{-g} unless explicitly overridden with @option{-g0}.  This
7054behavior is controlled by @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} and
7055@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}.
7056@end defmac
7057
7058@node Floating Point
7059@section Cross Compilation and Floating Point
7060@cindex cross compilation and floating point
7061@cindex floating point and cross compilation
7062
7063While all modern machines use twos-complement representation for integers,
7064there are a variety of representations for floating point numbers.  This
7065means that in a cross-compiler the representation of floating point numbers
7066in the compiled program may be different from that used in the machine
7067doing the compilation.
7068
7069Because different representation systems may offer different amounts of
7070range and precision, all floating point constants must be represented in
7071the target machine's format.  Therefore, the cross compiler cannot
7072safely use the host machine's floating point arithmetic; it must emulate
7073the target's arithmetic.  To ensure consistency, GCC always uses
7074emulation to work with floating point values, even when the host and
7075target floating point formats are identical.
7076
7077The following macros are provided by @file{real.h} for the compiler to
7078use.  All parts of the compiler which generate or optimize
7079floating-point calculations must use these macros.  They may evaluate
7080their operands more than once, so operands must not have side effects.
7081
7082@defmac REAL_VALUE_TYPE
7083The C data type to be used to hold a floating point value in the target
7084machine's format.  Typically this is a @code{struct} containing an
7085array of @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}, but all code should treat it as an opaque
7086quantity.
7087@end defmac
7088
7089@deftypefn Macro HOST_WIDE_INT REAL_VALUE_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7090Truncates @var{x} to a signed integer, rounding toward zero.
7091@end deftypefn
7092
7093@deftypefn Macro {unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT} REAL_VALUE_UNSIGNED_FIX (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7094Truncates @var{x} to an unsigned integer, rounding toward zero.  If
7095@var{x} is negative, returns zero.
7096@end deftypefn
7097
7098@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ATOF (const char *@var{string}, machine_mode @var{mode})
7099Converts @var{string} into a floating point number in the target machine's
7100representation for mode @var{mode}.  This routine can handle both
7101decimal and hexadecimal floating point constants, using the syntax
7102defined by the C language for both.
7103@end deftypefn
7104
7105@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_NEGATIVE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7106Returns 1 if @var{x} is negative (including negative zero), 0 otherwise.
7107@end deftypefn
7108
7109@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISINF (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7110Determines whether @var{x} represents infinity (positive or negative).
7111@end deftypefn
7112
7113@deftypefn Macro int REAL_VALUE_ISNAN (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7114Determines whether @var{x} represents a ``NaN'' (not-a-number).
7115@end deftypefn
7116
7117@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_NEGATE (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7118Returns the negative of the floating point value @var{x}.
7119@end deftypefn
7120
7121@deftypefn Macro REAL_VALUE_TYPE REAL_VALUE_ABS (REAL_VALUE_TYPE @var{x})
7122Returns the absolute value of @var{x}.
7123@end deftypefn
7124
7125@node Mode Switching
7126@section Mode Switching Instructions
7127@cindex mode switching
7128The following macros control mode switching optimizations:
7129
7130@defmac OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING (@var{entity})
7131Define this macro if the port needs extra instructions inserted for mode
7132switching in an optimizing compilation.
7133
7134For an example, the SH4 can perform both single and double precision
7135floating point operations, but to perform a single precision operation,
7136the FPSCR PR bit has to be cleared, while for a double precision
7137operation, this bit has to be set.  Changing the PR bit requires a general
7138purpose register as a scratch register, hence these FPSCR sets have to
7139be inserted before reload, i.e.@: you cannot put this into instruction emitting
7140or @code{TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG}.
7141
7142You can have multiple entities that are mode-switched, and select at run time
7143which entities actually need it.  @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} should
7144return nonzero for any @var{entity} that needs mode-switching.
7145If you define this macro, you also have to define
7146@code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, @code{TARGET_MODE_NEEDED},
7147@code{TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY} and @code{TARGET_MODE_EMIT}.
7148@code{TARGET_MODE_AFTER}, @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY}, and @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT}
7149are optional.
7150@end defmac
7151
7152@defmac NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING
7153If you define @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING}, you have to define this as
7154initializer for an array of integers.  Each initializer element
7155N refers to an entity that needs mode switching, and specifies the number
7156of different modes that might need to be set for this entity.
7157The position of the initializer in the initializer---starting counting at
7158zero---determines the integer that is used to refer to the mode-switched
7159entity in question.
7160In macros that take mode arguments / yield a mode result, modes are
7161represented as numbers 0 @dots{} N @minus{} 1.  N is used to specify that no mode
7162switch is needed / supplied.
7163@end defmac
7164
7165@hook TARGET_MODE_EMIT
7166
7167@hook TARGET_MODE_NEEDED
7168
7169@hook TARGET_MODE_AFTER
7170
7171@hook TARGET_MODE_ENTRY
7172
7173@hook TARGET_MODE_EXIT
7174
7175@hook TARGET_MODE_PRIORITY
7176
7177@node Target Attributes
7178@section Defining target-specific uses of @code{__attribute__}
7179@cindex target attributes
7180@cindex machine attributes
7181@cindex attributes, target-specific
7182
7183Target-specific attributes may be defined for functions, data and types.
7184These are described using the following target hooks; they also need to
7185be documented in @file{extend.texi}.
7186
7187@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
7188
7189@hook TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TAKES_IDENTIFIER_P
7190
7191@hook TARGET_COMP_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7192
7193@hook TARGET_SET_DEFAULT_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7194
7195@hook TARGET_MERGE_TYPE_ATTRIBUTES
7196
7197@hook TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES
7198
7199@hook TARGET_VALID_DLLIMPORT_ATTRIBUTE_P
7200
7201@defmac TARGET_DECLSPEC
7202Define this macro to a nonzero value if you want to treat
7203@code{__declspec(X)} as equivalent to @code{__attribute((X))}.  By
7204default, this behavior is enabled only for targets that define
7205@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.  The current implementation
7206of @code{__declspec} is via a built-in macro, but you should not rely
7207on this implementation detail.
7208@end defmac
7209
7210@hook TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
7211
7212@hook TARGET_HANDLE_GENERIC_ATTRIBUTE
7213
7214@hook TARGET_FUNCTION_ATTRIBUTE_INLINABLE_P
7215
7216@hook TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P
7217
7218@hook TARGET_OPTION_SAVE
7219
7220@hook TARGET_OPTION_RESTORE
7221
7222@hook TARGET_OPTION_POST_STREAM_IN
7223
7224@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRINT
7225
7226@hook TARGET_OPTION_PRAGMA_PARSE
7227
7228@hook TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE
7229
7230@hook TARGET_OPTION_FUNCTION_VERSIONS
7231
7232@hook TARGET_CAN_INLINE_P
7233
7234@hook TARGET_RELAYOUT_FUNCTION
7235
7236@node Emulated TLS
7237@section Emulating TLS
7238@cindex Emulated TLS
7239
7240For targets whose psABI does not provide Thread Local Storage via
7241specific relocations and instruction sequences, an emulation layer is
7242used.  A set of target hooks allows this emulation layer to be
7243configured for the requirements of a particular target.  For instance
7244the psABI may in fact specify TLS support in terms of an emulation
7245layer.
7246
7247The emulation layer works by creating a control object for every TLS
7248object.  To access the TLS object, a lookup function is provided
7249which, when given the address of the control object, will return the
7250address of the current thread's instance of the TLS object.
7251
7252@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_GET_ADDRESS
7253
7254@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_REGISTER_COMMON
7255
7256@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_SECTION
7257
7258@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_SECTION
7259
7260@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_PREFIX
7261
7262@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_TMPL_PREFIX
7263
7264@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_FIELDS
7265
7266@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_INIT
7267
7268@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_VAR_ALIGN_FIXED
7269
7270@hook TARGET_EMUTLS_DEBUG_FORM_TLS_ADDRESS
7271
7272@node MIPS Coprocessors
7273@section Defining coprocessor specifics for MIPS targets.
7274@cindex MIPS coprocessor-definition macros
7275
7276The MIPS specification allows MIPS implementations to have as many as 4
7277coprocessors, each with as many as 32 private registers.  GCC supports
7278accessing these registers and transferring values between the registers
7279and memory using asm-ized variables.  For example:
7280
7281@smallexample
7282  register unsigned int cp0count asm ("c0r1");
7283  unsigned int d;
7284
7285  d = cp0count + 3;
7286@end smallexample
7287
7288(``c0r1'' is the default name of register 1 in coprocessor 0; alternate
7289names may be added as described below, or the default names may be
7290overridden entirely in @code{SUBTARGET_CONDITIONAL_REGISTER_USAGE}.)
7291
7292Coprocessor registers are assumed to be epilogue-used; sets to them will
7293be preserved even if it does not appear that the register is used again
7294later in the function.
7295
7296Another note: according to the MIPS spec, coprocessor 1 (if present) is
7297the FPU@.  One accesses COP1 registers through standard mips
7298floating-point support; they are not included in this mechanism.
7299
7300@node PCH Target
7301@section Parameters for Precompiled Header Validity Checking
7302@cindex parameters, precompiled headers
7303
7304@hook TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
7305
7306@hook TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
7307
7308@hook TARGET_CHECK_PCH_TARGET_FLAGS
7309
7310@hook TARGET_PREPARE_PCH_SAVE
7311
7312@node C++ ABI
7313@section C++ ABI parameters
7314@cindex parameters, c++ abi
7315
7316@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_TYPE
7317
7318@hook TARGET_CXX_GUARD_MASK_BIT
7319
7320@hook TARGET_CXX_GET_COOKIE_SIZE
7321
7322@hook TARGET_CXX_COOKIE_HAS_SIZE
7323
7324@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPORT_EXPORT_CLASS
7325
7326@hook TARGET_CXX_CDTOR_RETURNS_THIS
7327
7328@hook TARGET_CXX_KEY_METHOD_MAY_BE_INLINE
7329
7330@hook TARGET_CXX_DETERMINE_CLASS_DATA_VISIBILITY
7331
7332@hook TARGET_CXX_CLASS_DATA_ALWAYS_COMDAT
7333
7334@hook TARGET_CXX_LIBRARY_RTTI_COMDAT
7335
7336@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_AEABI_ATEXIT
7337
7338@hook TARGET_CXX_USE_ATEXIT_FOR_CXA_ATEXIT
7339
7340@hook TARGET_CXX_ADJUST_CLASS_AT_DEFINITION
7341
7342@hook TARGET_CXX_DECL_MANGLING_CONTEXT
7343
7344@node D Language and ABI
7345@section D ABI parameters
7346@cindex parameters, d abi
7347
7348@hook TARGET_D_CPU_VERSIONS
7349
7350@hook TARGET_D_OS_VERSIONS
7351
7352@hook TARGET_D_CRITSEC_SIZE
7353
7354@node Named Address Spaces
7355@section Adding support for named address spaces
7356@cindex named address spaces
7357
7358The draft technical report of the ISO/IEC JTC1 S22 WG14 N1275
7359standards committee, @cite{Programming Languages - C - Extensions to
7360support embedded processors}, specifies a syntax for embedded
7361processors to specify alternate address spaces.  You can configure a
7362GCC port to support section 5.1 of the draft report to add support for
7363address spaces other than the default address space.  These address
7364spaces are new keywords that are similar to the @code{volatile} and
7365@code{const} type attributes.
7366
7367Pointers to named address spaces can have a different size than
7368pointers to the generic address space.
7369
7370For example, the SPU port uses the @code{__ea} address space to refer
7371to memory in the host processor, rather than memory local to the SPU
7372processor.  Access to memory in the @code{__ea} address space involves
7373issuing DMA operations to move data between the host processor and the
7374local processor memory address space.  Pointers in the @code{__ea}
7375address space are either 32 bits or 64 bits based on the
7376@option{-mea32} or @option{-mea64} switches (native SPU pointers are
7377always 32 bits).
7378
7379Internally, address spaces are represented as a small integer in the
7380range 0 to 15 with address space 0 being reserved for the generic
7381address space.
7382
7383To register a named address space qualifier keyword with the C front end,
7384the target may call the @code{c_register_addr_space} routine.  For example,
7385the SPU port uses the following to declare @code{__ea} as the keyword for
7386named address space #1:
7387@smallexample
7388#define ADDR_SPACE_EA 1
7389c_register_addr_space ("__ea", ADDR_SPACE_EA);
7390@end smallexample
7391
7392@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE
7393
7394@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE
7395
7396@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_VALID_POINTER_MODE
7397
7398@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P
7399
7400@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS
7401
7402@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P
7403
7404@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ZERO_ADDRESS_VALID
7405
7406@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_CONVERT
7407
7408@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DEBUG
7409
7410@hook TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_DIAGNOSE_USAGE
7411
7412@node Misc
7413@section Miscellaneous Parameters
7414@cindex parameters, miscellaneous
7415
7416@c prevent bad page break with this line
7417Here are several miscellaneous parameters.
7418
7419@defmac HAS_LONG_COND_BRANCH
7420Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7421has conditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7422conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7423blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7424set to false, gcc will convert any conditional branches that attempt
7425to cross between sections into unconditional branches or indirect jumps.
7426@end defmac
7427
7428@defmac HAS_LONG_UNCOND_BRANCH
7429Define this boolean macro to indicate whether or not your architecture
7430has unconditional branches that can span all of memory.  It is used in
7431conjunction with an optimization that partitions hot and cold basic
7432blocks into separate sections of the executable.  If this macro is
7433set to false, gcc will convert any unconditional branches that attempt
7434to cross between sections into indirect jumps.
7435@end defmac
7436
7437@defmac CASE_VECTOR_MODE
7438An alias for a machine mode name.  This is the machine mode that
7439elements of a jump-table should have.
7440@end defmac
7441
7442@defmac CASE_VECTOR_SHORTEN_MODE (@var{min_offset}, @var{max_offset}, @var{body})
7443Optional: return the preferred mode for an @code{addr_diff_vec}
7444when the minimum and maximum offset are known.  If you define this,
7445it enables extra code in branch shortening to deal with @code{addr_diff_vec}.
7446To make this work, you also have to define @code{INSN_ALIGN} and
7447make the alignment for @code{addr_diff_vec} explicit.
7448The @var{body} argument is provided so that the offset_unsigned and scale
7449flags can be updated.
7450@end defmac
7451
7452@defmac CASE_VECTOR_PC_RELATIVE
7453Define this macro to be a C expression to indicate when jump-tables
7454should contain relative addresses.  You need not define this macro if
7455jump-tables never contain relative addresses, or jump-tables should
7456contain relative addresses only when @option{-fPIC} or @option{-fPIC}
7457is in effect.
7458@end defmac
7459
7460@hook TARGET_CASE_VALUES_THRESHOLD
7461
7462@defmac WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS
7463Define this macro to 1 if operations between registers with integral mode
7464smaller than a word are always performed on the entire register.  To be
7465more explicit, if you start with a pair of @code{word_mode} registers with
7466known values and you do a subword, for example @code{QImode}, addition on
7467the low part of the registers, then the compiler may consider that the
7468result has a known value in @code{word_mode} too if the macro is defined
7469to 1.  Most RISC machines have this property and most CISC machines do not.
7470@end defmac
7471
7472@hook TARGET_MIN_ARITHMETIC_PRECISION
7473
7474@defmac LOAD_EXTEND_OP (@var{mem_mode})
7475Define this macro to be a C expression indicating when insns that read
7476memory in @var{mem_mode}, an integral mode narrower than a word, set the
7477bits outside of @var{mem_mode} to be either the sign-extension or the
7478zero-extension of the data read.  Return @code{SIGN_EXTEND} for values
7479of @var{mem_mode} for which the
7480insn sign-extends, @code{ZERO_EXTEND} for which it zero-extends, and
7481@code{UNKNOWN} for other modes.
7482
7483This macro is not called with @var{mem_mode} non-integral or with a width
7484greater than or equal to @code{BITS_PER_WORD}, so you may return any
7485value in this case.  Do not define this macro if it would always return
7486@code{UNKNOWN}.  On machines where this macro is defined, you will normally
7487define it as the constant @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{ZERO_EXTEND}.
7488
7489You may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN} value even if for some hard registers
7490the sign extension is not performed, if for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS}
7491of these hard registers @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false
7492when the @var{from} mode is @var{mem_mode} and the @var{to} mode is any
7493integral mode larger than this but not larger than @code{word_mode}.
7494
7495You must return @code{UNKNOWN} if for some hard registers that allow this
7496mode, @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} says that they cannot change to
7497@code{word_mode}, but that they can change to another integral mode that
7498is larger then @var{mem_mode} but still smaller than @code{word_mode}.
7499@end defmac
7500
7501@defmac SHORT_IMMEDIATES_SIGN_EXTEND
7502Define this macro to 1 if loading short immediate values into registers sign
7503extends.
7504@end defmac
7505
7506@hook TARGET_MIN_DIVISIONS_FOR_RECIP_MUL
7507
7508@defmac MOVE_MAX
7509The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7510between memory and registers or between two memory locations.
7511@end defmac
7512
7513@defmac MAX_MOVE_MAX
7514The maximum number of bytes that a single instruction can move quickly
7515between memory and registers or between two memory locations.  If this
7516is undefined, the default is @code{MOVE_MAX}.  Otherwise, it is the
7517constant value that is the largest value that @code{MOVE_MAX} can have
7518at run-time.
7519@end defmac
7520
7521@defmac SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED
7522A C expression that is nonzero if on this machine the number of bits
7523actually used for the count of a shift operation is equal to the number
7524of bits needed to represent the size of the object being shifted.  When
7525this macro is nonzero, the compiler will assume that it is safe to omit
7526a sign-extend, zero-extend, and certain bitwise `and' instructions that
7527truncates the count of a shift operation.  On machines that have
7528instructions that act on bit-fields at variable positions, which may
7529include `bit test' instructions, a nonzero @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}
7530also enables deletion of truncations of the values that serve as
7531arguments to bit-field instructions.
7532
7533If both types of instructions truncate the count (for shifts) and
7534position (for bit-field operations), or if no variable-position bit-field
7535instructions exist, you should define this macro.
7536
7537However, on some machines, such as the 80386 and the 680x0, truncation
7538only applies to shift operations and not the (real or pretended)
7539bit-field operations.  Define @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} to be zero on
7540such machines.  Instead, add patterns to the @file{md} file that include
7541the implied truncation of the shift instructions.
7542
7543You need not define this macro if it would always have the value of zero.
7544@end defmac
7545
7546@anchor{TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK}
7547@hook TARGET_SHIFT_TRUNCATION_MASK
7548
7549@hook TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION
7550
7551@hook TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED
7552
7553@hook TARGET_SETJMP_PRESERVES_NONVOLATILE_REGS_P
7554
7555@defmac STORE_FLAG_VALUE
7556A C expression describing the value returned by a comparison operator
7557with an integral mode and stored by a store-flag instruction
7558(@samp{cstore@var{mode}4}) when the condition is true.  This description must
7559apply to @emph{all} the @samp{cstore@var{mode}4} patterns and all the
7560comparison operators whose results have a @code{MODE_INT} mode.
7561
7562A value of 1 or @minus{}1 means that the instruction implementing the
7563comparison operator returns exactly 1 or @minus{}1 when the comparison is true
7564and 0 when the comparison is false.  Otherwise, the value indicates
7565which bits of the result are guaranteed to be 1 when the comparison is
7566true.  This value is interpreted in the mode of the comparison
7567operation, which is given by the mode of the first operand in the
7568@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} pattern.  Either the low bit or the sign bit of
7569@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} be on.  Presently, only those bits are used by
7570the compiler.
7571
7572If @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is neither 1 or @minus{}1, the compiler will
7573generate code that depends only on the specified bits.  It can also
7574replace comparison operators with equivalent operations if they cause
7575the required bits to be set, even if the remaining bits are undefined.
7576For example, on a machine whose comparison operators return an
7577@code{SImode} value and where @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} is defined as
7578@samp{0x80000000}, saying that just the sign bit is relevant, the
7579expression
7580
7581@smallexample
7582(ne:SI (and:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{power-of-2})) (const_int 0))
7583@end smallexample
7584
7585@noindent
7586can be converted to
7587
7588@smallexample
7589(ashift:SI @var{x} (const_int @var{n}))
7590@end smallexample
7591
7592@noindent
7593where @var{n} is the appropriate shift count to move the bit being
7594tested into the sign bit.
7595
7596There is no way to describe a machine that always sets the low-order bit
7597for a true value, but does not guarantee the value of any other bits,
7598but we do not know of any machine that has such an instruction.  If you
7599are trying to port GCC to such a machine, include an instruction to
7600perform a logical-and of the result with 1 in the pattern for the
7601comparison operators and let us know at @email{gcc@@gcc.gnu.org}.
7602
7603Often, a machine will have multiple instructions that obtain a value
7604from a comparison (or the condition codes).  Here are rules to guide the
7605choice of value for @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}, and hence the instructions
7606to be used:
7607
7608@itemize @bullet
7609@item
7610Use the shortest sequence that yields a valid definition for
7611@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE}.  It is more efficient for the compiler to
7612``normalize'' the value (convert it to, e.g., 1 or 0) than for the
7613comparison operators to do so because there may be opportunities to
7614combine the normalization with other operations.
7615
7616@item
7617For equal-length sequences, use a value of 1 or @minus{}1, with @minus{}1 being
7618slightly preferred on machines with expensive jumps and 1 preferred on
7619other machines.
7620
7621@item
7622As a second choice, choose a value of @samp{0x80000001} if instructions
7623exist that set both the sign and low-order bits but do not define the
7624others.
7625
7626@item
7627Otherwise, use a value of @samp{0x80000000}.
7628@end itemize
7629
7630Many machines can produce both the value chosen for
7631@code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} and its negation in the same number of
7632instructions.  On those machines, you should also define a pattern for
7633those cases, e.g., one matching
7634
7635@smallexample
7636(set @var{A} (neg:@var{m} (ne:@var{m} @var{B} @var{C})))
7637@end smallexample
7638
7639Some machines can also perform @code{and} or @code{plus} operations on
7640condition code values with less instructions than the corresponding
7641@samp{cstore@var{mode}4} insn followed by @code{and} or @code{plus}.  On those
7642machines, define the appropriate patterns.  Use the names @code{incscc}
7643and @code{decscc}, respectively, for the patterns which perform
7644@code{plus} or @code{minus} operations on condition code values.  See
7645@file{rs6000.md} for some examples.  The GNU Superoptimizer can be used to
7646find such instruction sequences on other machines.
7647
7648If this macro is not defined, the default value, 1, is used.  You need
7649not define @code{STORE_FLAG_VALUE} if the machine has no store-flag
7650instructions, or if the value generated by these instructions is 1.
7651@end defmac
7652
7653@defmac FLOAT_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7654A C expression that gives a nonzero @code{REAL_VALUE_TYPE} value that is
7655returned when comparison operators with floating-point results are true.
7656Define this macro on machines that have comparison operations that return
7657floating-point values.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7658this macro.
7659@end defmac
7660
7661@defmac VECTOR_STORE_FLAG_VALUE (@var{mode})
7662A C expression that gives a rtx representing the nonzero true element
7663for vector comparisons.  The returned rtx should be valid for the inner
7664mode of @var{mode} which is guaranteed to be a vector mode.  Define
7665this macro on machines that have vector comparison operations that
7666return a vector result.  If there are no such operations, do not define
7667this macro.  Typically, this macro is defined as @code{const1_rtx} or
7668@code{constm1_rtx}.  This macro may return @code{NULL_RTX} to prevent
7669the compiler optimizing such vector comparison operations for the
7670given mode.
7671@end defmac
7672
7673@defmac CLZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7674@defmacx CTZ_DEFINED_VALUE_AT_ZERO (@var{mode}, @var{value})
7675A C expression that indicates whether the architecture defines a value
7676for @code{clz} or @code{ctz} with a zero operand.
7677A result of @code{0} indicates the value is undefined.
7678If the value is defined for only the RTL expression, the macro should
7679evaluate to @code{1}; if the value applies also to the corresponding optab
7680entry (which is normally the case if it expands directly into
7681the corresponding RTL), then the macro should evaluate to @code{2}.
7682In the cases where the value is defined, @var{value} should be set to
7683this value.
7684
7685If this macro is not defined, the value of @code{clz} or
7686@code{ctz} at zero is assumed to be undefined.
7687
7688This macro must be defined if the target's expansion for @code{ffs}
7689relies on a particular value to get correct results.  Otherwise it
7690is not necessary, though it may be used to optimize some corner cases, and
7691to provide a default expansion for the @code{ffs} optab.
7692
7693Note that regardless of this macro the ``definedness'' of @code{clz}
7694and @code{ctz} at zero do @emph{not} extend to the builtin functions
7695visible to the user.  Thus one may be free to adjust the value at will
7696to match the target expansion of these operations without fear of
7697breaking the API@.
7698@end defmac
7699
7700@defmac Pmode
7701An alias for the machine mode for pointers.  On most machines, define
7702this to be the integer mode corresponding to the width of a hardware
7703pointer; @code{SImode} on 32-bit machine or @code{DImode} on 64-bit machines.
7704On some machines you must define this to be one of the partial integer
7705modes, such as @code{PSImode}.
7706
7707The width of @code{Pmode} must be at least as large as the value of
7708@code{POINTER_SIZE}.  If it is not equal, you must define the macro
7709@code{POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED} to specify how pointers are extended
7710to @code{Pmode}.
7711@end defmac
7712
7713@defmac FUNCTION_MODE
7714An alias for the machine mode used for memory references to functions
7715being called, in @code{call} RTL expressions.  On most CISC machines,
7716where an instruction can begin at any byte address, this should be
7717@code{QImode}.  On most RISC machines, where all instructions have fixed
7718size and alignment, this should be a mode with the same size and alignment
7719as the machine instruction words - typically @code{SImode} or @code{HImode}.
7720@end defmac
7721
7722@defmac STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS
7723In normal operation, the preprocessor expands @code{__STDC__} to the
7724constant 1, to signify that GCC conforms to ISO Standard C@.  On some
7725hosts, like Solaris, the system compiler uses a different convention,
7726where @code{__STDC__} is normally 0, but is 1 if the user specifies
7727strict conformance to the C Standard.
7728
7729Defining @code{STDC_0_IN_SYSTEM_HEADERS} makes GNU CPP follows the host
7730convention when processing system header files, but when processing user
7731files @code{__STDC__} will always expand to 1.
7732@end defmac
7733
7734@hook TARGET_C_PREINCLUDE
7735
7736@hook TARGET_CXX_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7737
7738@defmac SYSTEM_IMPLICIT_EXTERN_C
7739Define this macro if the system header files do not support C++@.
7740This macro handles system header files by pretending that system
7741header files are enclosed in @samp{extern "C" @{@dots{}@}}.
7742@end defmac
7743
7744@findex #pragma
7745@findex pragma
7746@defmac REGISTER_TARGET_PRAGMAS ()
7747Define this macro if you want to implement any target-specific pragmas.
7748If defined, it is a C expression which makes a series of calls to
7749@code{c_register_pragma} or @code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion}
7750for each pragma.  The macro may also do any
7751setup required for the pragmas.
7752
7753The primary reason to define this macro is to provide compatibility with
7754other compilers for the same target.  In general, we discourage
7755definition of target-specific pragmas for GCC@.
7756
7757If the pragma can be implemented by attributes then you should consider
7758defining the target hook @samp{TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES} as well.
7759
7760Preprocessor macros that appear on pragma lines are not expanded.  All
7761@samp{#pragma} directives that do not match any registered pragma are
7762silently ignored, unless the user specifies @option{-Wunknown-pragmas}.
7763@end defmac
7764
7765@deftypefun void c_register_pragma (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7766@deftypefunx void c_register_pragma_with_expansion (const char *@var{space}, const char *@var{name}, void (*@var{callback}) (struct cpp_reader *))
7767
7768Each call to @code{c_register_pragma} or
7769@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} establishes one pragma.  The
7770@var{callback} routine will be called when the preprocessor encounters a
7771pragma of the form
7772
7773@smallexample
7774#pragma [@var{space}] @var{name} @dots{}
7775@end smallexample
7776
7777@var{space} is the case-sensitive namespace of the pragma, or
7778@code{NULL} to put the pragma in the global namespace.  The callback
7779routine receives @var{pfile} as its first argument, which can be passed
7780on to cpplib's functions if necessary.  You can lex tokens after the
7781@var{name} by calling @code{pragma_lex}.  Tokens that are not read by the
7782callback will be silently ignored.  The end of the line is indicated by
7783a token of type @code{CPP_EOF}.  Macro expansion occurs on the
7784arguments of pragmas registered with
7785@code{c_register_pragma_with_expansion} but not on the arguments of
7786pragmas registered with @code{c_register_pragma}.
7787
7788Note that the use of @code{pragma_lex} is specific to the C and C++
7789compilers.  It will not work in the Java or Fortran compilers, or any
7790other language compilers for that matter.  Thus if @code{pragma_lex} is going
7791to be called from target-specific code, it must only be done so when
7792building the C and C++ compilers.  This can be done by defining the
7793variables @code{c_target_objs} and @code{cxx_target_objs} in the
7794target entry in the @file{config.gcc} file.  These variables should name
7795the target-specific, language-specific object file which contains the
7796code that uses @code{pragma_lex}.  Note it will also be necessary to add a
7797rule to the makefile fragment pointed to by @code{tmake_file} that shows
7798how to build this object file.
7799@end deftypefun
7800
7801@defmac HANDLE_PRAGMA_PACK_WITH_EXPANSION
7802Define this macro if macros should be expanded in the
7803arguments of @samp{#pragma pack}.
7804@end defmac
7805
7806@defmac TARGET_DEFAULT_PACK_STRUCT
7807If your target requires a structure packing default other than 0 (meaning
7808the machine default), define this macro to the necessary value (in bytes).
7809This must be a value that would also be valid to use with
7810@samp{#pragma pack()} (that is, a small power of two).
7811@end defmac
7812
7813@defmac DOLLARS_IN_IDENTIFIERS
7814Define this macro to control use of the character @samp{$} in
7815identifier names for the C family of languages.  0 means @samp{$} is
7816not allowed by default; 1 means it is allowed.  1 is the default;
7817there is no need to define this macro in that case.
7818@end defmac
7819
7820@defmac INSN_SETS_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7821Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7822delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7823even if they appear to use a resource set or clobbered in @var{insn}.
7824@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}; GCC knows that
7825every @code{call_insn} has this behavior.  On machines where some @code{insn}
7826or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and hence has this behavior,
7827you should define this macro.
7828
7829You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7830@end defmac
7831
7832@defmac INSN_REFERENCES_ARE_DELAYED (@var{insn})
7833Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if it is safe for the
7834delay slot scheduler to place instructions in the delay slot of @var{insn},
7835even if they appear to set or clobber a resource referenced in @var{insn}.
7836@var{insn} is always a @code{jump_insn} or an @code{insn}.  On machines where
7837some @code{insn} or @code{jump_insn} is really a function call and its operands
7838are registers whose use is actually in the subroutine it calls, you should
7839define this macro.  Doing so allows the delay slot scheduler to move
7840instructions which copy arguments into the argument registers into the delay
7841slot of @var{insn}.
7842
7843You need not define this macro if it would always return zero.
7844@end defmac
7845
7846@defmac MULTIPLE_SYMBOL_SPACES
7847Define this macro as a C expression that is nonzero if, in some cases,
7848global symbols from one translation unit may not be bound to undefined
7849symbols in another translation unit without user intervention.  For
7850instance, under Microsoft Windows symbols must be explicitly imported
7851from shared libraries (DLLs).
7852
7853You need not define this macro if it would always evaluate to zero.
7854@end defmac
7855
7856@hook TARGET_MD_ASM_ADJUST
7857
7858@defmac MATH_LIBRARY
7859Define this macro as a C string constant for the linker argument to link
7860in the system math library, minus the initial @samp{"-l"}, or
7861@samp{""} if the target does not have a
7862separate math library.
7863
7864You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"m"} is wrong.
7865@end defmac
7866
7867@defmac LIBRARY_PATH_ENV
7868Define this macro as a C string constant for the environment variable that
7869specifies where the linker should look for libraries.
7870
7871You need only define this macro if the default of @samp{"LIBRARY_PATH"}
7872is wrong.
7873@end defmac
7874
7875@defmac TARGET_POSIX_IO
7876Define this macro if the target supports the following POSIX@ file
7877functions, access, mkdir and  file locking with fcntl / F_SETLKW@.
7878Defining @code{TARGET_POSIX_IO} will enable the test coverage code
7879to use file locking when exiting a program, which avoids race conditions
7880if the program has forked. It will also create directories at run-time
7881for cross-profiling.
7882@end defmac
7883
7884@defmac MAX_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTE
7885
7886A C expression for the maximum number of instructions to execute via
7887conditional execution instructions instead of a branch.  A value of
7888@code{BRANCH_COST}+1 is the default if the machine does not use cc0, and
78891 if it does use cc0.
7890@end defmac
7891
7892@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7893Used if the target needs to perform machine-dependent modifications on the
7894conditionals used for turning basic blocks into conditionally executed code.
7895@var{ce_info} points to a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which
7896contains information about the currently processed blocks.  @var{true_expr}
7897and @var{false_expr} are the tests that are used for converting the
7898then-block and the else-block, respectively.  Set either @var{true_expr} or
7899@var{false_expr} to a null pointer if the tests cannot be converted.
7900@end defmac
7901
7902@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_MULTIPLE_TESTS (@var{ce_info}, @var{bb}, @var{true_expr}, @var{false_expr})
7903Like @code{IFCVT_MODIFY_TESTS}, but used when converting more complicated
7904if-statements into conditions combined by @code{and} and @code{or} operations.
7905@var{bb} contains the basic block that contains the test that is currently
7906being processed and about to be turned into a condition.
7907@end defmac
7908
7909@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_INSN (@var{ce_info}, @var{pattern}, @var{insn})
7910A C expression to modify the @var{PATTERN} of an @var{INSN} that is to
7911be converted to conditional execution format.  @var{ce_info} points to
7912a data structure, @code{struct ce_if_block}, which contains information
7913about the currently processed blocks.
7914@end defmac
7915
7916@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_FINAL (@var{ce_info})
7917A C expression to perform any final machine dependent modifications in
7918converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7919can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7920to by @var{ce_info}.
7921@end defmac
7922
7923@defmac IFCVT_MODIFY_CANCEL (@var{ce_info})
7924A C expression to cancel any machine dependent modifications in
7925converting code to conditional execution.  The involved basic blocks
7926can be found in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7927to by @var{ce_info}.
7928@end defmac
7929
7930@defmac IFCVT_MACHDEP_INIT (@var{ce_info})
7931A C expression to initialize any machine specific data for if-conversion
7932of the if-block in the @code{struct ce_if_block} structure that is pointed
7933to by @var{ce_info}.
7934@end defmac
7935
7936@hook TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
7937
7938@hook TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
7939
7940@hook TARGET_BUILTIN_DECL
7941
7942@hook TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
7943
7944@hook TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN
7945
7946@hook TARGET_CHECK_BUILTIN_CALL
7947
7948@hook TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
7949
7950@hook TARGET_GIMPLE_FOLD_BUILTIN
7951
7952@hook TARGET_COMPARE_VERSION_PRIORITY
7953
7954@hook TARGET_GET_FUNCTION_VERSIONS_DISPATCHER
7955
7956@hook TARGET_GENERATE_VERSION_DISPATCHER_BODY
7957
7958@hook TARGET_PREDICT_DOLOOP_P
7959
7960@hook TARGET_HAVE_COUNT_REG_DECR_P
7961
7962@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_GENERIC
7963
7964@hook TARGET_DOLOOP_COST_FOR_ADDRESS
7965
7966@hook TARGET_CAN_USE_DOLOOP_P
7967
7968@hook TARGET_INVALID_WITHIN_DOLOOP
7969
7970@hook TARGET_LEGITIMATE_COMBINED_INSN
7971
7972@hook TARGET_CAN_FOLLOW_JUMP
7973
7974@hook TARGET_COMMUTATIVE_P
7975
7976@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE
7977
7978@hook TARGET_UNSPEC_MAY_TRAP_P
7979
7980@hook TARGET_SET_CURRENT_FUNCTION
7981
7982@defmac TARGET_OBJECT_SUFFIX
7983Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix for object
7984files on your target machine.  If you do not define this macro, GCC will
7985use @samp{.o} as the suffix for object files.
7986@end defmac
7987
7988@defmac TARGET_EXECUTABLE_SUFFIX
7989Define this macro to be a C string representing the suffix to be
7990automatically added to executable files on your target machine.  If you
7991do not define this macro, GCC will use the null string as the suffix for
7992executable files.
7993@end defmac
7994
7995@defmac COLLECT_EXPORT_LIST
7996If defined, @code{collect2} will scan the individual object files
7997specified on its command line and create an export list for the linker.
7998Define this macro for systems like AIX, where the linker discards
7999object files that are not referenced from @code{main} and uses export
8000lists.
8001@end defmac
8002
8003@hook TARGET_CANNOT_MODIFY_JUMPS_P
8004
8005@hook TARGET_HAVE_CONDITIONAL_EXECUTION
8006
8007@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_FIRST
8008
8009@hook TARGET_GEN_CCMP_NEXT
8010
8011@hook TARGET_LOOP_UNROLL_ADJUST
8012
8013@defmac POWI_MAX_MULTS
8014If defined, this macro is interpreted as a signed integer C expression
8015that specifies the maximum number of floating point multiplications
8016that should be emitted when expanding exponentiation by an integer
8017constant inline.  When this value is defined, exponentiation requiring
8018more than this number of multiplications is implemented by calling the
8019system library's @code{pow}, @code{powf} or @code{powl} routines.
8020The default value places no upper bound on the multiplication count.
8021@end defmac
8022
8023@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8024This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8025target.  The parameter @var{stdinc} indicates if normal include files
8026are present.  The parameter @var{sysroot} is the system root directory.
8027The parameter @var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8028@end deftypefn
8029
8030@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_EXTRA_PRE_INCLUDES (const char *@var{sysroot}, const char *@var{iprefix}, int @var{stdinc})
8031This target hook should register any extra include files for the
8032target before any standard headers.  The parameter @var{stdinc}
8033indicates if normal include files are present.  The parameter
8034@var{sysroot} is the system root directory.  The parameter
8035@var{iprefix} is the prefix for the gcc directory.
8036@end deftypefn
8037
8038@deftypefn Macro void TARGET_OPTF (char *@var{path})
8039This target hook should register special include paths for the target.
8040The parameter @var{path} is the include to register.  On Darwin
8041systems, this is used for Framework includes, which have semantics
8042that are different from @option{-I}.
8043@end deftypefn
8044
8045@defmac bool TARGET_USE_LOCAL_THUNK_ALIAS_P (tree @var{fndecl})
8046This target macro returns @code{true} if it is safe to use a local alias
8047for a virtual function @var{fndecl} when constructing thunks,
8048@code{false} otherwise.  By default, the macro returns @code{true} for all
8049functions, if a target supports aliases (i.e.@: defines
8050@code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF}), @code{false} otherwise,
8051@end defmac
8052
8053@defmac TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES
8054If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8055target-specific format checking information for the @option{-Wformat}
8056option.  The default is to have no target-specific format checks.
8057@end defmac
8058
8059@defmac TARGET_N_FORMAT_TYPES
8060If defined, this macro is the number of entries in
8061@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES}.
8062@end defmac
8063
8064@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES
8065If defined, this macro is the name of a global variable containing
8066target-specific format overrides for the @option{-Wformat} option. The
8067default is to have no target-specific format overrides. If defined,
8068@code{TARGET_FORMAT_TYPES} must be defined, too.
8069@end defmac
8070
8071@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES_COUNT
8072If defined, this macro specifies the number of entries in
8073@code{TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_ATTRIBUTES}.
8074@end defmac
8075
8076@defmac TARGET_OVERRIDES_FORMAT_INIT
8077If defined, this macro specifies the optional initialization
8078routine for target specific customizations of the system printf
8079and scanf formatter settings.
8080@end defmac
8081
8082@hook TARGET_INVALID_ARG_FOR_UNPROTOTYPED_FN
8083
8084@hook TARGET_INVALID_CONVERSION
8085
8086@hook TARGET_INVALID_UNARY_OP
8087
8088@hook TARGET_INVALID_BINARY_OP
8089
8090@hook TARGET_PROMOTED_TYPE
8091
8092@hook TARGET_CONVERT_TO_TYPE
8093
8094@hook TARGET_VERIFY_TYPE_CONTEXT
8095
8096@defmac OBJC_JBLEN
8097This macro determines the size of the objective C jump buffer for the
8098NeXT runtime. By default, OBJC_JBLEN is defined to an innocuous value.
8099@end defmac
8100
8101@defmac LIBGCC2_UNWIND_ATTRIBUTE
8102Define this macro if any target-specific attributes need to be attached
8103to the functions in @file{libgcc} that provide low-level support for
8104call stack unwinding.  It is used in declarations in @file{unwind-generic.h}
8105and the associated definitions of those functions.
8106@end defmac
8107
8108@hook TARGET_UPDATE_STACK_BOUNDARY
8109
8110@hook TARGET_GET_DRAP_RTX
8111
8112@hook TARGET_ALLOCATE_STACK_SLOTS_FOR_ARGS
8113
8114@hook TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR
8115
8116@hook TARGET_ASAN_SHADOW_OFFSET
8117
8118@hook TARGET_MEMMODEL_CHECK
8119
8120@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_TEST_AND_SET_TRUEVAL
8121
8122@hook TARGET_HAS_IFUNC_P
8123
8124@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ALIGN_FOR_MODE
8125
8126@hook TARGET_ATOMIC_ASSIGN_EXPAND_FENV
8127
8128@hook TARGET_RECORD_OFFLOAD_SYMBOL
8129
8130@hook TARGET_OFFLOAD_OPTIONS
8131
8132@defmac TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT
8133
8134On older ports, large integers are stored in @code{CONST_DOUBLE} rtl
8135objects.  Newer ports define @code{TARGET_SUPPORTS_WIDE_INT} to be nonzero
8136to indicate that large integers are stored in
8137@code{CONST_WIDE_INT} rtl objects.  The @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} allows
8138very large integer constants to be represented.  @code{CONST_DOUBLE}
8139is limited to twice the size of the host's @code{HOST_WIDE_INT}
8140representation.
8141
8142Converting a port mostly requires looking for the places where
8143@code{CONST_DOUBLE}s are used with @code{VOIDmode} and replacing that
8144code with code that accesses @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  @samp{"grep -i
8145const_double"} at the port level gets you to 95% of the changes that
8146need to be made.  There are a few places that require a deeper look.
8147
8148@itemize @bullet
8149@item
8150There is no equivalent to @code{hval} and @code{lval} for
8151@code{CONST_WIDE_INT}s.  This would be difficult to express in the md
8152language since there are a variable number of elements.
8153
8154Most ports only check that @code{hval} is either 0 or -1 to see if the
8155value is small.  As mentioned above, this will no longer be necessary
8156since small constants are always @code{CONST_INT}.  Of course there
8157are still a few exceptions, the alpha's constraint used by the zap
8158instruction certainly requires careful examination by C code.
8159However, all the current code does is pass the hval and lval to C
8160code, so evolving the c code to look at the @code{CONST_WIDE_INT} is
8161not really a large change.
8162
8163@item
8164Because there is no standard template that ports use to materialize
8165constants, there is likely to be some futzing that is unique to each
8166port in this code.
8167
8168@item
8169The rtx costs may have to be adjusted to properly account for larger
8170constants that are represented as @code{CONST_WIDE_INT}.
8171@end itemize
8172
8173All and all it does not take long to convert ports that the
8174maintainer is familiar with.
8175
8176@end defmac
8177
8178@hook TARGET_HAVE_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8179
8180@hook TARGET_SPECULATION_SAFE_VALUE
8181
8182@hook TARGET_RUN_TARGET_SELFTESTS
8183